cylinder switch variation - newpages · note 6: excluding 12 to 32 of l, xl, yl, ol, lf, bl, wl and...

144
Ending 2 Ending Cylinder switch variation CKD cylinders with switches cover wide applications with miniature to large cylinders and rotary actuators. Please refer to the variation table below to select the best products. F 3 Y F 3 F 2 Y F 2 K 3 Y M K 3 Y F K 3 Y K 3 P K 3 K 2 Y M K 2 Y F K 2 Y K 2 T 2 Y D T 3 Y C T 3 C T 3 Y M T 3 Y F T 3 Y L T 3 W T 3 Y T 3 P T 3 T 2 Y C T 2 C T 2 Y M T 2 Y F T 2 Y L T 2 W T 2 Y T 2 J T 2 T 1 R 3 Y R 3 R 2 Y R 2 R 1 M 3 W V M 3 P H M 3 H M 3 P V M 3 V M 2 W V M 2 H M 2 V Proximity switch Descriptions M Series R Series T Series F Series K Series Grommet Terminal box 2 wire 3 wire 4 wire 5 VDC 30 VDC or less 100 VAC 200 VAC IC circuit LED (ON lighting) Neon light (OFF lighting) Without indicator light 2 color indicator type 10VDC to 30 VDC Programmable controller Large relay, valve Compact relay, valve

Upload: others

Post on 29-May-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 2

Ending

Cylinder switch variationCKD cylinders with switches cover wide applications with miniature to large cylindersand rotary actuators. Please refer to the variation table below to select the best products.

F3Y

F3

F2Y

F2

K3YM

K3YF

K3Y

K3P

K3

K2YM

K2YF

K2Y

K2

T2YD

T3YC

T3C

T3YM

T3YF

T3YL

T3W

T3Y

T3P

T3

T2YC

T2C

T2YM

T2YF

T2YL

T2W

T2Y

T2J

T2

T1

R3Y

R3

R2Y

R2

R1

M3WV

M3PH

M3H

M3PV

M3V

M2WV

M2H

M2V

Proximity switch

DescriptionsM Series R Series T Series FSeries

K Series

Grommet

Terminal box

2 wire

3 wire

4 wire

5 VDC

30 VDC or less

100 VAC

200 VAC

IC circuit

LED(ON lighting)

Neon light(OFF lighting)

Withoutindicator light

2 colorindicator type

10VDC to30 VDC

Programmablecontroller

Large relay,valve

Compact relay,valve

Page 2: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 3

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Cylinder switchSeries variation

V7

V0

ET0

E0

H0Y

H0

F0

K5

K0

T8

T5C

T0C

T5

T0

R6

R5

R4

R0

M5H

M5V

M0H

M0V

Reed switch

R SeriesM SeriesDescriptions ESeries

VSeries

HSeries

KSeriesT Series F

Grommet

Terminal box

2 wire

3 wire

4 wire

Without indicator light

2 color indicator type

5 VDC

30 VDC or less

100 VAC

200 VAC

Programmable controller

IC circuit

Electric connection

No. of connection

Indicator light

Use voltage

Applications

LED(ON lighting)

Neon light(OFF lighting)

10VDC to 30 VDC

Compact relay,valve

Large relay,valve

Page 3: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 4

Ending

Note 6

Proximity switch

F Series M Series R Series T Series K Series

K3YM

K3YF

K3Y

K3P

K3

K2YM

K2YF

K2Y

K2

T2YDP

T2YD

T3YC

T3C

T3YM

T3YF

T3YL

T3Y

T3P

T3

T2YC

T2C

T2YM

T2YF

T2YL

T2Y

T2J

T2

T1

R3YK

R3Y

R3K

R3

R2YK

R2Y

R2K

R2

R1K

R1

M3WV

M3PH

M3H

M3PV

M3V

M2WV

M2H

M2V

F3H

F3V

F2H

F2V

Variation of cylinders with switchesCKD cylinders with switches cover wide applications with miniature to large cylinders androtary actuators. Please refer to the variation table below to select the best products.

Page 4: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 5

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Cylinder switchVariation of cylinders with switches

F

ET0

E0

H0Y

H0

F0

K5

K0

T8

T5C

T0C

T5

T0

R6

R5

R4

R0

M5H

M5V

M0H

M0V

Reed switch

Bore size Compatibilitywith body

R SeriesM Series TSeries

KSeries

ESeries

HSeries

Installation method

Cylinder model

Ban

dT

ie r

odR

ail

6 to 16

20 to 40

20 to 40

20 to 100

40 to 100

40 to 100

40 to 100

125 to 200

20 to 40

50 to 100

12 to 160

4 to 10

6, 10

6 to 32

6 to 16

6 to 16

25 to 63

20 to 50

16

20 to 40

20 to 40

20 to 40

40 to 100

40 to 100

125 to 180

40 to 63

40 to 100

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Cylinder with valve

Compact cylinder

Compact cylinder

High rigid cylinder

Brake cylinder

Brake cylinder

Brake cylinder

Brake cylinder

Tie rod cylinderwith brake

Brake cylindermedium bore size

Brake cylinderlarge bore size

Position lockingcompact cylinder

Free lockingpositioning cylinder

Flat and compactcylinder

Small direct mountingcylinder

Small compactcylinder

Small guidedcompact cylinder

Medium bore sizecylinder with valve

Medium bore sizecylinder

Medium bore sizecylinder with valve

Medium bore sizecylinder

Pencil shapedcylinder

Medium bore sizecylinder

Round shapedcylinder

CAV2COV2

Small cylinder withvacuum pad

SCP*2

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCA2-V

SCS

CKV2

SSD

MDC2

MVC

SMD2

MSD

MSDG

FC*

STK

ULKP

ULK

JSK2

JSM2

JSG

JSC3

JSC3

USSD

USC

Note 5

Note 6

Note 4: Excluding 12, 16, position locking all bore sizesNote 5: Excluding 40 or lessNote 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL

Tie rod cylinder

Medium bore sizecylinder

Note 1: Including custom orderNote 2: enable to mount depending on variation. H type (L2), coolant proof (G2/G3), etc.Note 3: Excluding 16 or less

Page 5: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 6

Ending

Proximity switch

F Series M Series R Series T Series K Series

K3YM

K3YF

K3Y

K3P

K3

K2YM

K2YF

K2Y

K2

T2YDP

T2YD

T3YC

T3C

T3YM

T3YF

T3YL

T3W

T3Y

T3P

T3

T2YC

T2C

T2YM

T2YF

T2YL

T2W

T2Y

T2J

T2

T1

R3YK

R3Y

R3K

R3

R2YK

R2Y

R2K

R2

R1K

R1

M3WV

M3PH

M3H

M3PV

M3V

M2WV

M2H

M2V

F3Y

F3

F2Y

F2

Cylinder switch

Page 6: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 7

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Cylinder switchVariation of cylinders with switches

ET0

E0

H0Y

H0

F0

K5

K0

T8

T5C

T0C

T5

T0

R6

R5

R4

R0

M5H

M5V

M0H

M0V

Reed switch

Bore size Compatibilitywith body

R SeriesM Series TSeries

KSeries

ESeries

HSeries

Installation method

Cylinder model

Ban

dT

ie r

odR

ail

F

12 to 80

8 to 100

6 to 32

6 to 25

4.5 to 8

8 to 25

10 to 25

6 to 32

10 to 32

20 to 63

20 to 100

10 to 100

12 to 25

25 to 40, 63

32 to 63

6 to 20

10 to 25

40 to 80

50, 63

20 to 63

30 to 80

40 to 100

40 to 100

Size 8, 32, 63

Size 5 to 80

Size 1 to 300

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Magnet providedas standard

Guided cylinder

Linear slide cylinder

Linear slide cylinder

Linear slide cylinder

Linear slide cylinder

Linear slide cylinder

Unit cylinder

Clamp cylinder

Rotary clamp cylinder

Robot cylinder

High power cylinder

Rotary actuator

Rotary actuator

Hand-chuck

Super twin rodcylinder

High energyabsorption cylinder

High speed cylinder

Rodless cylinder

High precision guidedrodless cylinder

High precision guidedrodless cylinder

Rodless cylinderwith brake

Magnet type rodlesscylinder

Clamp cylinder withposition locking

Table type rotaryactuator

High rigid guidelesscylinder

High precision guidedmagnet type rodless cylinder

Tierod cylinderGuided cylinder STG

STS/L

LCS

LCG

LCM

LCT

LCY

STR2

UCA2

HCM

HCA

SRL2

SRG

SRM

SRT

MRL2

MRG2

CAC3

UCAC

RCC2

MFC

SHC

GLC

RRC

GRC

RV3*

Note 1: Including custom orderNote 2: enable to mount depending on variation. H type (L2), coolant proof (G2/G3), etc.Note 3: Excluding 16 or less

Note 4

Note 3

Note 4: Excluding 12, 16, position locking all bore sizesNote 5: Excluding 40 or lessNote 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL

Page 7: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 8

Ending

Overview

Conventionally, the pneumatic cylinder

position detection switch required

installation and adjustment because of the

operating range and hysteresis.

With the 2-color proximity cylinder switch,

the optimal installation position is

instantly indicated by the green LED

lighting at the optimal installation position,

and the red LED lighting at the normal

operating range. This eliminates time and

hassle required to adjust the switch and

prevents setting errors, resulting in high

reliability.

Features

Installation and easy adjustment

The green LED lights at the optimal

installation position, so the switch can be

installed and adjusted very easily.

Reliability is high.

This highly reliable switch integrated our

original hybrid IC with a magnetic

resistance element.

Comparison of cylinder and switch setting

2 color indicator type proximity cylinder switch

Operating range

Appropriate installation range

Switch ONSwitch OFF

Red LEDlighting range

Green LEDlighting range

Light display

Green lighting

Green

Operating range(Appropriate installation position)

Red

(Conventional)

1. The switch is moved in one direction

and the lighting start position is marked.

2. In the same manner, the switch is moved

from the other direction, and the lighting

start position is marked.

3. The edge of the switch is set and fixed at

the center of the two marks.

1. The switch is moved in only one direction,

and is fixed at the position where the

green LED lights.

(2 color indicator type switch)

2 color indicator type switch:

(1) Can be installed quickly

(2) Can be installed easily

(3) Can eliminate incorrect installation

Lighting start position

Mark 1

Mark 2Mark 1

Center of mark

Installation position

Green lighting

Page 8: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 9

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Overview

Conventionally, with the 2 color proximity cylinder

switch, fluctuations of the piston stop position and

deviation of the switch installation position had to be

confirmed by the red LED lighting.

Preventive maintenance output that operates at the

hazardous installation range (red indication position)

in added to this switch so dislocation is used

confirmed with the controller. This information is used

for preventive maintenance, enabling high realbility.

Features

Load side timer installation not required (-YM Series)The preventive maintenance section has a timer, so it doesnot operate if the piston passes through the hazardousinstallation range (red indiator position) within the set time.

Self hold (-YM Series)The preventive maintenance output section is selfholding,making it easy to see whether preventive maintenance outputis being output from the switch on the head side or rod side.

Load side self hold release circuit installation not required (-YM Series)The self-holding preventive maintenance output can bereleased by stopping the piston in the optimuminstallationrange (green indication position) for a set time or longer.

Low speed/cushioned cylinder available (-YF Series)The -YF Series has a time for setting on the loadside, so if the -YF Series is inappropriate for use, thiscan be used with a low-speed/cushined sylinder etc.

Installation and easy adjustmentThe green LED lights at the optimal installation position,so the switch can be installed and adjusted very easily.

2 types of lead wire outlet direction availableThe lead wire outlet is provided in the vertiacal and horizontal directions,and can be used bassed on the mounted cylinder and use. T2YM. T3YM. K2YM. K3YM switch operation chart

Operation chart

Proximity cylinder switch with preventive maintenance output

Installation position RedLED

GreenLED

RedLED

RedLED

RedLED

GreenLEDAdjustment section LED

-YM yellow LEDPreventive maintenance output

Output

-YF preventionMaintenance output

ton

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

toff

(1) Piston stops at (2) G zone. (2) Piston stops at (1) R zone.

(3) Piston stops at (3) R zone.

ton toff

ton toff

Regular signal

Installation positionadjustment LED

Preventive maintenance signal

Preventive maintenance signal LEDPiston movement sequence

ONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFF

G

R

a b c d

(4) (3) (2)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(3)

e

abc

d e

RPiston movement sequence

Piston movement sequence

G R

Regular signal

Installation positionadjustment LED

Preventive maintenance signal

Preventive maintenance signal LED

Piston movement sequence

ONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFF

G

R

a b c d

(4) (3) (3)(2) (4) (3) (2)(2)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(1)

e f g h i

abf

c

hie

dg

RPiston movement sequence

G R

Regular signal

Installation positionadjustment LED

Preventive maintenance signal

Preventive maintenance signal LED

Piston movement sequence

ONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFFONOFF

G

R

a b c d

(4) (4)(3) (2)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(3)

e

abc

de

R G R

Page 9: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 10

Ending

Overview

This cylinder switch is used in environments having strong magnetic fields, such

as near spot welding machines and magnetizing units in automobile plants, etc.

Features

Easy installation/position adjustment (V*, T2YD)

Rail mounting enebles the switch to be installed with a single set screw and adjusted

easily.

Heat resistant material

Metal (H0, H0Y) and self-extinguishing resin UL94-V0 (V*, T2YD), and flame-

resistant leads (optional for T2YD) do not burn of fuse due to spatter.

Not polarized (H0, T2YD, H0Y)

Diode bridge eliminates polarity and the hassle of checking plus/minus polarity,

helping prevent connection errors.

Easy installation and adjustment with 2 color indication (T2YD, H0Y)

The green LED lights at the optimum installation position, so the switch can be

installed and adjusted very easily.

CAUTION

The above external magnetic field resistance properties apply when H0 is installed within

the "max. sensitive position 1 mm," within the "max. sensitive position 1.5 mm" for V*,and within the "optimum installation range" for H0Y. Install switches within this range. Donot apply welding current to flow during movement of a cylinder piston.If more than 2 welding cables are energized simultaneously, magnetic flux will increasedue to the synergistic effect of cables. Consult with CKD before this use. Note that theswitch cannot be set within the cable loop.Note 1: Indicates a malfunction occuring when the cylinder piston magnet is degaussed by a welding field.Note 2: Malfunction of H0Y indicates output malfunction.

When using with the detection stroke set to 30 mm or

less, provide the above distance between the welding

cable and switch.

Strong magnetic field proof cylinder switch

1. Spot welding current - malfunction distance characteristics(For detection stroke 30mm and over for V* switch)

2. SSD detection stroke - malfunction distance characteristics(V*switch)

Safety range

V* type malfunction range

H0Y type malfunction range (Note 2)

T2YD malfunction range (Note 1)

50000

20

40

60

80

100

(mm)

10000 15000 20000 (A)Welding current

Dis

tanc

e be

twee

n sw

itch

and

wel

ding

cab

le s

urfa

ce

CableSwitch

Cylinder

H0 type malfunction range

Safety range

Malfunction range

10 20 30 400

50

100

150

200

(mm)

(mm)Detection stroke

Detection stroke length - malfunction distance characteristics

Wel

ding

cab

le s

witc

h in

terv

al d

ista

nce

5000A

10000A

15000A

20000A

Page 10: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 11

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

3. H type cylinder switch Magnetic performance near spot welding

Safety range

Demagnetizationrange

2000015000100000

10

20

30

40

50

(mm)

(A)

Welding current

Spot welding current - piston magnet degaussing characteristics

Dis

tanc

e be

twee

n cy

linde

r tub

e an

d w

eldi

ng c

able

sur

face

Degaussing occurs when an alternating current filed isapplied to the magnet. Corrective action has been takenwith the magnet for the H cylinder with switch. Degaussingdoes not occur up to 15,000 A. When using with 15,000 Aor more, provide the above distance between the cylindertube and welding cable surfaces.

Page 11: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

M Series

Ending 12

Ending

M Series Application

cylinder SCP*2/FC*/RV*/SRL2/SRG/SRT/SRB2

M*V M*H

Applications

Output method

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsProximity 3 wireProximity 2 wire

M2V/M2H M2WV (2 color indicator type) M3PH/V (PNP output type)M3H/V (NPN output type) M3WV (2 color indicator type)Programmable controller

-

-

10 to 30 VDC

5 to 30mA

-

4V or less

1mA or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.2mm2)

1m: 20g 3m: 60g 5m: 90g

Programmable controller, relay, IC circuit, small solenoid valve

30 VDC or less

0.5V or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 3 conductor 0.15mm2)

1m: 20g 3m: 60g 5m: 90g

LED (ON lighting) Red/green LED (ON lighting)

4.5 to 28 VDC 10 to 28 VDC

NPN output

200mA or less

10mA or less with 24 VDC

LED (ON lighting)

10 A or less

PNP output

100mA or less

12mA or less with 24 VDC

Yellow LED (ON lighting)

0.05mA or less

NPN output

150mA or less

15mA or less with 24 VDC

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

10 A or less

980m/s2

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

Applications

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

M0V/M0H M5V/M5HProgrammable controller, relay

3V or less

LED (ON lighting)

Programmable controller, relay, IC circuit (without light), serial connection

0V

Without indicator light

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

5/12/24 VDC

50mA or less

-

-

0mA

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.2mm2)

110 VAC

20mA or less

294m/s2

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

1m: 20g 3m: 60g 5m: 90g

Note 1: M*H is available for SRL2, SRG, SRT and SRB2. Note 2: Please refer to the pages that each cylinder model is listed about model no. cylinder switch.

Specifications

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

Page 12: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 13

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Dimensions

M*V Series (radial lead wire) M*W Series (2 color indicator type, radial lead wire) M*H Series (axial lead wire)

Switch internal circuit diagram

M2V/M2H/M2WV M3V/M3H/M3WV M3PV/M3PH M0V/M0H

M5V/M5H

6.2

5.812

.5

23.5

118.

5

5.5 3.4

23.5

6.2

5.811

.5

108.

5

5.5 3.7

6.2

8.5

11

26.59

3.

4 5.5

5.8

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line(output)

Blue line(power supply -)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (+)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line(output)Blue line(power supply -)

Brown line (+)Blue line (-)

Brown line Blue line

M Series

Dimensions

Page 13: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 14

Ending

R Series Application

cylinder CMA2, SCA2, SCS, HCA, JSM2, JSC3, MFC, CAV2, COV2, GLC, SHC, USC

R*/R*Y R*B R*A

Applications

Output method

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Option

Weight

DescriptionsProximity 2 wire

SpecificationsProximity 3 wire

R1/R1K R2/R2K R3/R3KR2Y/R2YK (2 color indicator type) R3Y/R3YK (2 color indicator type)Programmable controller,

relay, small solenoid valve

-

85 to 265 VAC

5 to 100mA

-

7V or less

Programmable controller

-

10 to 30 VDC

5 to 30mA

-

4V or less

Programmable controller,

relay, IC circuit, solenoid valve

NPN output

4.5 to 28 VDC

With 24 VDC (ON lighting)

10 A or less

1m: 60g 3m: 110g 5m: 170g

LED (ON lighting) Red/green LED (ON lighting)

30 VDC or less

200mA or less

10mA or less

0.5V or less at 150mA

LED (ON lighting)

30 VDC or less

150mA or less

16mA or less

0.5V or less

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

980m/s2

20M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

Grommet type: IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

Terminal box R*A (IP64), terminal box R*B (no water proof)

Applications

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Option

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

R0 R4 R5 R6

Relay, programmable controller

-

-

2.4V or less

LED (ON lighting)

0mA

High capacity relay, solenoid valve

-

-

2V or less

Neon light OFF (OFF lighting)

1mA or less

Programmable controller, relay, IC circuit

(w/o indicator light), serial connection

-

-

0V

None

0mA

Programmable controller

(With DC self hold)

-

24 VDC

5 to 50mA

-

5V or less

LED (ON lighting)

0.1mA or less

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

220 VAC

7 to 10mA

110 VAC

20 to 200mA

220 VAC

10 to 200mA

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.3mm2)

294m/s2

20M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1500 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

Grommet type: IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

Terminal box R*A (IP64), terminal box R*B (no water proof)

1m: 40g 3m: 100g 5m: 160g

Note: For proximity switch SCS/JSC3 (large bore size), "K" is indicated at the end of model number. (e.g.) R1K, R2K, R3K, R2YK, R3YK

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.3mm2)

1m: 40g 3m: 100g 5m: 160g

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 3 conductor 0.2mm2)

1mA or less with 100 VAC2mA or less with 200 VAC

No failure impressed at1500 VAC for one minute

1mA or less 1.2mA or less

5/12/24 VDC

50mA or less

110 VAC

20mA or less

220 VAC

10mA or less

-

R Series

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

Page 14: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 15

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Dimensions

R Series (grommet type) R Series (terminal box R*B type) R Series (terminal box R*A type)

Switch internal circuit diagram

18

14.5

32.5

30

4.

8

1938

.540

.5

30

15

18

2944.5

23

G (PF)1/4 194345

.5

30

15

18

32.547.5

25

M12

R1 R2/R2Y R3/R3Y

R0 R4 R5 R6

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (to)

Blue line (to) Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (+)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line(output)

Blue line(power supply -)

Brown line (+) Blue line (-)Brown line (to) Blue line (to) Brown line Blue line

Brown line (+) Blue line (-)

R Series

Dimensions

Page 15: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 16

Ending

T Series

T Series Application

cylinderCMK2, SCM, SCG, CKV2, SSD, JSG, ULK, JSK2, STG, STS/STL, SRM, MRL2, MRG2,UCA2, STK, LCS, LCG, LCT, UCAC, HCM, CSC3, RRC, Hand-chuck

1 color/2 color indicator

-

-

0mA

294m/s2

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

Applications

Output method

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Delay hour off

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsProximity 2 wire Proximity 3 wire

T2H/T2V/T2CT1H/T1V T2HR3/T2VR3(Bend resistance)

T2JH/T2JV(Off-delay type)

T2YH/T2YVT2YC (2 color indicator)

T2WH/T2WV(2 color indicator)

T3WH/T3WV(2 color indicator)T3H/T3V/T3C T3PH/T3PV

(PNP output type)T3YH/T3YV

T3YC (2 color indicator)

Programmable controller

5 to 20mA (Note 1)

-

4V or less

1mA or less

24 VDC 10%10 to 30 VDC

Programmable controller, relay

10 to 28 VDC

30 VDC or less

0.5V or less

-

10 A or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

3 conductor cable 0.2mm2)

980m/s2

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistant

Applications

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

T0H/T0V/T0C T5H/T5V/T5C T8H/T8V

Programmable controller, relay

3V or less

LED (ON lighting)

Programmable controller, relay, IC circuit (without light), serial connection

0V

Without indicator light

Programmable controller, relay

3V or less

LED (ON lighting)

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

220 VAC

7 to 10mA

5/12/24 VDC

50mA or less

110 VAC

20mA or less

220 VAC

7 to 10mA

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.2mm2)

20M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

1m: 20g 3m: 50g 5m: 80g

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.3mm2)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1500 VAC for one minute

1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g

Note 1: Maximum load current above: 20mA applies at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20mA if ambient temperature around switch is higher than 25°C. (5 to 10mA at 60°C.)Note 2: T2C, T2HR3, T2VR3, T3C, T3PH, T3PV, T0C, T5C switches are available as custom order when installed onto applicable cylinders. Note 3: T2JH and T2JV switches are available as custom order when installed onto SRL2( 32 to 100), MRL2, LCS, UCAC or Hand-chuck. Note 4: The T0/T5 switches can be used at 220 VAC. Consult with CKD for working conditions. Note 5: Switch types are limited depending on cylinder. Refer to each cylinder page for the details.

3m (bend resistance, oil resistant cabtire cord

2 conductor 0.3mm2)

1m (oil resistant vinylcabtire cable

2 conductor 0.3mm2)

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable

2 conductor 0.3mm2)

1m (oil resistantcabtirecord 2

conductor 0.3mm2)

1m (oil resistantcabtire cable 2

conductor 0.2mm2)

-

-

-

-200 50ms

85 to 265 VAC

5 to 100mA

-

7V or less

NPN output PNP output NPN output

20M and over with 500 VDC megger 20M and over with 500 VDC megger100M and over with 500 VDC megger 100M and over with500 VDC megger

20M and over with500 VDC megger

20M and over with500 VDC megger100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1500 VAC for one min.

10mA or lesswith 24 VDC

12mA or lesswith 24 VDC 10mA or less with 24 VDC

NPN output

LED(ON lighting)

1mA or less with 100 VAC2mA or less with 200 VAC

Green LED(ON lighting) Red/green LED (ON lighting)Red/green LED

(ON lighting)Red/green LED

(ON lighting)

Programmable controller, relay, compact solenoid valve

LED (ON lighting)

1m: 20g 3m: 50g 5m: 80g 1m: 20g 3m: 50g 5m: 80g1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g 1m: 30g 3m: 90g5m: 140g

1m: 20g 3m: 50g5m: 80g1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g 1m: 20g 3m: 50g

5m: 80g

Specifications

50mA or less100mA or less

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

T*VT*H T*CT*YH T*YVT*WH T*WV

Page 16: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 17

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

ApplicationsOutput method

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistanceInsulation resistanceWithstand voltageAmbient temperatureProtective structureWeight

DescriptionsProximity 3 wire

T2YF H/V

Proximity 4 wire

T3YF H/V

Proximity 3 wire

T2YM H/V

Proximity 4 wire

T3YM H/VProgrammable controller

-10 to 30 VDC

5 to 20mA4V or less

-1mA or less

20mA or less

--

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtirecable 3 conductor 0.2mm2)

Programmable controller

-10 to 30 VDC

5 to 20mA4V or less

-1.2mA or less

5 to 20mA4V or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtirecable 3 conductor 0.2mm2)

Programmable controller, relay

10 to 28 VDC30 VDC

50mA or less0.5V or less10mA or less10 A or less

50mA or less

--

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtirecable 4 conductor 0.2mm2)

Programmable controller, relay

10 to 28 VDC30 VDC or less50mA or less0.5V or less10mA or less10 A or less

50mA or less2.4V or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtirecable 4 conductor 0.2mm2)

100M and over with 500 VDC meggerNo failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

980m/s2

-10 to + 60°CIEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistant

1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g

NPN outputRed/green LED (ON lighting)

30 VDC or less

10 A or less

Installation position adjustment Preventive maintenance outputPower voltageLoad voltageLoad currentInternal voltage dropCurrent consumptionLeakage currentLoad voltageLoad currentInternal voltage dropLeakage currentSignal holding (Ton)Signal release (Toff)

-

0.5V or less

After 0.4 0.2sec from installation position adjustment section red LED lightingAfter 0.7 0.2sec from installation position adjustment section green LED lighting

Yellow LED (ON lighting)

Specifications

Preven

tive ma

intenan

ce out

putO

utpu

t sec

tion

Ligh

t

T Series Application

cylinderCMK2, SCM, SCG, CKV2, SSD, JSG, ULK, JSK2, STG, STS/STL, SRM, STK,SRL2, SRG, SRT, SRB2, MRL2, HCM

With preventivemaintenance output

T*YMH T*YMV

T2YD

T Series Application

cylinder

SCG, SCA2, JSG, JSC3, SCS, STG,STS/STL, SRM, CAC3, SRL2, SRG,SRT, SRB2, SSD, SCM, STK, UCAC

Strongmagneticfield proof

Application

cylinder

SRL2-J, CMK2-G2/3, SCG-G2/3, SCA2-G2/3, SSD-G2/3, STG-G2/3, STS/L-G2/3, HRL-G2/3

CoolantproofT Series

Applications

Output method

Power voltage

Load voltage/current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Leakage current

Light

Lead wire

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Max. shock resistance

Hysteresis

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsProximity 2 wire Proximity 3 wireT2YLH, T2YLV T3YLH, T3YLV

Programmable controller

-

-

10 to 30 VDC 5 to 20mA

-

4V or less

1mA or less

Oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable

0.3mm2, 2 conductor 1m

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute.

980m/s2

1.5mm or less

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920(water tight type), oil resistant

1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g

Programmable controller, relay

NPN output

10 to 28 VDC

30 VDC or less 50mA or less

10mA or less with 24 VDC (ON lighting)

0.5V or less

10 A or less

Oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable

0.2mm2, 3 conductor 1m

ApplicationsLightLoad voltageLoad currentInternal voltage dropLeakage currentOutput delay time (Note 1)(ON/OFF delay)

Lead wire

Insulation resistanceWithstand voltageMax. shock resistanceAmbient temperatureProtective structureWeight

DescriptionsProximity 2 wire

T2YD T2YDTProgrammable controller

Red/green LED (ON lighting)24 VDC 10%

5 to 20mA6V or less

1.0mA or less

30 to 60mS

100M and over with 500 VDC meggerNo failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

980m/s2

-10 to + 60°CIEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistant

1m: 60g 3m: 170g 5m: 270gNote 1: This shows the time from magnetic sensor detects piston magnet until outputs a signal. Note 2: This switch is not available in direct-current magnetic field. Note 3: When installed on SCS or JSC3, model no. is T2YDP.

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable

2 conductor 0.5mm2) (standard)

1m (flame resistance vinylcabtire

cord 2 conductor 0.5mm2) (option)

T*YLHSpecifications Specifications

T Series

Specifications

Refer to Intro 21 for details. Refer to Intro 21 for details.

Page 17: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 18

Ending

6 0.

416

11

6

8

629.5

Dimensions

T*H/T*WH Series (Axial lead wire)

T*YH/T2JH/T8H Series (2 color indicator type, axial lead wire)

T*Y*H/T1H Series (With preventive maintenance output, axial lead wire)

T*V/T*WV Series (Radial lead wire)

T*YV/T2JV/T8V Series (2 color indicator type, radial lead wire)

T*Y*V/T1V Series (With preventive maintenance output, radial lead wire)

T* (Y) C Series T2YD (Strong magnetic field proof switch)

T*YLH Series(Axial lead wire)

T*YLV Series(Radial lead wire)

T0H, T5H, T*WH = 22.5T2H,T3H = 18.5 3

3.

4

Set screw (M2.5)

6

4.5

5.2

Bracket

Set screw (M3)

M8

6

6.1

11

23.2

8 30.5

30.5 6

8

6.1

3

11

4.

8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

29.5 6

8

11.1

16

4.

8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

T0V, T5V,T*WV = 22.5T2V,T3V = 18.5

Set screw (M2.5)

6

4.5

5.28.7

3.4

30.5 6

8

6.1

113 4.8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

6

8

11.1

16

29.5

4.8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

3

T Series

30.5 6

8

6.1

3

11

4.

8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

30.5 6

8

6.1

113 4.8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

Page 18: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 19

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Switch internal circuit diagram

T2H/T2V/T2YH/T2YV/T2WH/T2WV/ T2JH/T2JV/T2C/T2YC/T2YLH/T2YLV T2YFH/T2YFV/T2YMH/T2YMV

T3H/T3V/T3YH/T3YV/T3WH/T3WV/ T3C/T3YC/T3YLH/T3YLV

T3PH/T3PV

T1H/T1V

T3YFH/T3YFV/T3YMH/T3YMV T0H/T0V/T0C/T8H/T8V T5H/T5V/T5C

T2YD

This switch is not polarized.

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (+)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (+)

Orange line (preventivemaintenance output)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line(output)

Blue line(power supply -)

Brown line(power supply +)

Blue line(power supply-)

Black line (output)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line (output)

Orange line(preventive mainte. output)

Blue line(power supply -)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit Brown line (+) Blue line (-) Brown line Blue line

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line

Blue line

T Series

Switch internal circuit diagramS

witc

hm

ain

circu

it

Brown line (to)

Blue line (to)

Page 19: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 20

Ending

K Series

K Series Application

cylinder1 color/2 color indicator

K*PH

SMD2, STR2, LCY

K*PV K*YH K*YV

-

-

0mA

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.2mm2)

Applications

Output method

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

Descriptions

SpecificationsProximity 2 wire Proximity 3 wire

K2H/K2V K2YH/K2YV K3PH/V (PNP output type)K3H/V (NPN output type) K3YH/V (2 color indicator type)

Programmable controller

-

-

10 to 30 VDC

5 to 20mA (Note 1)

-

4V or less

1mA or less

Programmable controller, relay

10 to 28 VDC

30 VDC or less

50mA or less

0.5V or less

Yellow LED (ON lighting)

10 A or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 3 conductor 0.2mm2)

LED (ON lighting) Red/green LED (ON lighting) LED (ON lighting)

10mA or less with 24 VDC 12mA or less with 24 VDC 10mA or less with 24 VDC

NPN output PNP output NPN output

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

980m/s2

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

Applications

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

K0H/K0V K5H/K5V

Programmable controller, relay

3V or less

LED (ON lighting)

Programmable controller, relay, IC circuit (without light), serial connection

0V

-

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

5/12/24 VDC

50mA or less

110 VAC

20mA or less

294m/s2

20M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

1m: 20g 3m: 50g 5m: 80g

Note 1: Maximum load current above: Applies at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20mA if ambient temperature around switch is higher than 25°C. (5 to 10mA at 60°C. )

Note 2: Installation of K3PH, K3PV onto applicable cylinders is a custom order.

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

cable 2 conductor 0.3mm2)

20M and over with 500 VDC megger

1m: 20g 3m: 50g 5m: 80g 1m: 20g 3m: 50g 5m: 80g1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g 1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

cable 2 conductor 0.3mm2)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger 20M and over with 500 VDC megger 100M and over with 500 VDC megger

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

Page 20: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 21

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

K Series Application

cylinder SMD2, STR2, LCYWith preventivemaintenance output

K*YFH K*YFV

Applications

Output method

Lead wire length

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsProximity 3 wire

K2YF H/V

Proximity 4 wire

K3YF H/V

Proximity 3 wire

K2YM H/V

Proximity 4 wire

K3YM H/V

Programmable controller

-

10 to 30 VDC

5 to 20mA

4V or less

-

1mA or less

20mA or less

-

-

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

cable 3 conductor 0.2mm2)

Programmable controller

-

10 to 30 VDC

5 to 20mA

4V or less

-

1.2mA or less

5 to 20mA

4V or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

cable 3 conductor 0.2mm2)

Programmable controller, relay

10 to 28 VDC

30 VDC or less

50mA or less

0.5V or less

10mA or less

10 A or less

50mA or less

-

-

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

cable 4 conductor 0.2mm2)

Programmable controller, relay

10 to 28 VDC

30 VDC or less

50mA or less

0.5V or less

10mA or less

10 A or less

50mA or less

2.4V or less

1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire

cable 4 conductor 0.2mm2)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

980m/s2

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C09020 (water tight type), oil resistance

1m: 30g 3m: 90g 5m: 140g

NPN output

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

30 VDC or less

10 A or less

Installation position adjustment

Preventive maintenance output

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Internal voltage drop

Current consumption

Leakage current

Load voltage

Load current

Internal voltage drop

Leakage current

Signal holding (Ton)

Signal release (Toff)

-

0.5V or less

After 0.4 0.2sec from installation position adjustment section red LED lighting

After 0.7 0.2sec from installation position adjustment section green LED lighting

Yellow LED ON lighting

Specifications

Note 1: Maximum load current above: Applies at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20mA if ambient temperature around switch is higher than 25°C. (5 to 10mA at 60°C. )

Ligh

tO

utpu

t sec

tion

Prev

entiv

e m

ainte

nanc

e ou

tput

K Series

Specifications

Page 21: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 22

Ending

K Series

Dimensions

K*H Series (axial lead wire) K*YH Series (2 color indicator type, axial lead wire)

K*Y*H Series (With preventive maintenance output, axial lead wire)

K*V Series (radial lead wire)

K*YV Series (2 color indicator type, radial lead wire)

K*Y*V Series (With preventive maintenance output, radial lead wire)

27

24

3.

4Set screw (M2.5)

7

5

3 7

8

11.2

16

Bracket

30

4

.8

Set screw (M3)

31 7

8

6.2

3

11

4.

8

Bracket

Set screw (M3)

3.4

27

Set screw (M2.5)

7

5 7.8

3

7

8

11.2

16

Bracket

30

4.8

Set screw (M3)

3

31 7

8

6.2

11

4.8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

Page 22: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 23

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

K2H/K2V/K2YH/K2YV

Switch internal circuit diagram

K2YFH/K2YFV/K2YMH/K2YMV K3H/K3V/K3YH/K3YV

K3PH/K3PV K3YFH/K3YFV/K3YMH/K3YMV K0H/K0V

K5H/K5V

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (+)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

main

circ

uit

Brown line (+)

Orange line(preventive maintenance output)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line(output)

Blue line(power supply -)

Brown line(power supply +)

Blue line(power supply-)

Black line(output)

Sw

itch

mai

n ci

rcui

t

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line (output)

Orange line (preventivemaintenance output)

Blue line (power supply -)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit Brown line (+) Blue line (-)

Brown line Blue line

K Series

Switch internal circuit diagram

Page 23: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 24

Ending

F Series LCS, LCG, LCM, MDC2, MSD, MSDG-L, MVCApplication

cylinder

Applications

Output method

Power voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Current consumption

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length (standard)

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

Descriptions Proximity 2 wire Proximity 3 wireReed 2 wire

F0H/V F3H/VF2H/VProgrammable controller

-

-

10 to 30 VDC

5 to 20mA (Note 1)

-

4V or less

1mA or less

Standard 1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.15mm2)

Yellow LED (ON lighting)

1m: 10g 3m: 30g

Programmable controller, relay

NPN output

10 to 28 VDC

30 VDC or less

50mA or less

10mA or less with 24 VDC

0.5V or less

10 A or less

Standard 1m (oil resistant vinyl cabtire cable 3 conductor 0.15mm2)

Yellow LED (ON lighting)

1m: 10g 3m: 30g

24 VDC

294m/s2

Proximity 3 wire

F3YH/F3YV

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

1m: 20g 3m: 50g

F2YH/F2YV

24 VDC 10%

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

20M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure for one minute at 1000 VAC

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920(water tight type), oil resistance

1m: 20g 3m: 50g

Note 1: The maximum load current 20mA is applied at 25°C. The current will be lower than 20mA if ambient temperature around switch is higher than 25°C. (5 to 10mA at 60°C. )

980m/s2

Specifications

F*H Series (axial lead wire) F*V Series (radial lead wire)

F*YH Series (axial lead wire) F*YV Series (radial lead wire)

Dimensions

16.7 3

2.

7

4

3

4.5

Set screw (M2)

16.7

2.7 2.7

4

4.59.

5

3

Set screw (M2)

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

F Series

3

4

4.59.

5

21.2

Set screw (M2)

2.7 2.7

4.5

2.

7

321.24

3

Set screw (M2)

Page 24: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 25

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

F Series

Switch internal circuit diagram

F0H/F0V F2H/F2V/F2YH/F2YV F3H/F3V/F3YH/F3YV

Switch internal circuit diagram

Brown line (+)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line (+)

Blue line (-)

Sw

itch

mai

n cir

cuit

Brown line(power supply +)

Black line(output)

Blue line(power supply -)

Page 25: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 26

Ending

H Series Application

cylinder SCA2-L2, JSC3-L2, CAC3-L2, UCAC-L2Strong magneticfield proof

H0 H0Y

Applications

Load voltage

Load current

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire length

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Maximum shock resistance

Ambient temperature range

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

H0 H0Y (2 color indicator type)Programmable controller, relay

5V or less

Green LED (ON lighting)

Programmable controller

24 VDC

5 to 20mA

6V or less

Red/green LED (ON lighting)

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

10 A or less

1m (flame resistance cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.5mm2)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

294m/s2

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

1m: 80g 3m: 180g 5m: 270g

Specifications

Dimensions

Switch internal circuit diagram

H Series (strong magnetic field proof)

H0 H0Y

13 11.4

18

34

30

6

Brownline

Blueline Brown

lineBlueline

SW

Main

circ

uit

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

H Series

Page 26: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 27

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

E Series Heat

resistance SCA2-L2T (E0), SSD-T1L (ET0)Application

cylinder

Applications

Load voltage

Load current

Internal voltage drop

Leakage current

Light

Conduit

Lead wire

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Maximum shock resistance

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

E0 ET0

Relay, programmable controller

0mA

LED (ON lighting)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

294m/s2

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

12/24 VDC

5 to 50mA

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

220 VAC

7 to 10mA

4V or less

G1/2

-

No failure impressed at 1500 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 120°C

160g

2.4V or less

-

1m (heat resistance fluorine insulation cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.5mm2)

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

-10 to + 150°C

40g

Specifications

Dimensions

E Series ET0H Series (axial lead wire) ET0V Series (radial lead wire)

E0 ET0H

Switch internal circuit diagram

57

42

34 44 54

25.5

45.5

Indicator light

G1/2

12

30.5 6

8

6.1

3

11

4.

8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

30.5 6

8

6.1

113 4.8

Set screw (M3)

Bracket

Brown line (+) Blue line (-) Brown line

(+)

Blue line

(-)

ET0E0

Refer to Intro 21 for details.(Excluding EO)

E Series

Specifications

Page 27: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 28

Ending

Applications

Load voltage

Load current

Internal voltage drop

Light

Leakage current

Lead wire

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Maximum shock resistance

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

Weight

DescriptionsReed 2 wire

V0 V7

Relay, programmable controller

1m (flame resistance cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.5mm2)

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure impressed at 1000 VAC for one minute

294m/s2

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

1m: 60g 3m: 160g 5m: 260g

110 VAC

7 to 20mA

12/24 VAC

5 to 50mA

24 VDC

50mA or less

2.4V or less (load current 40mA)

LED (ON lighting)

0mA

0V

LED (OFF lighting)

1mA or less

Specifications

Dimensions

V Series (strong magnetic field proof)

V0 V7

Switch internal circuit diagram

This switch is not polarized.

Brown (+) (-) Blue line Brown line

(+)

Blue line

(-)

V Series Small strong

magnetic field proof SSD-L4, USSD-L4Application

cylinder

27 56

8

10

15

6

M3 6 hexagon socket head cap bolt

Bracket

V0

Refer to Intro 21 for details.

V Series

Page 28: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 29

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Load voltage

Load current

Lead wire

Maximum shock resistance

Insulation resistance

Withstand voltage

Ambient temperature

Protective structure

DescriptionsCircuit DCCircuit AC

SKAC SKDC

100/110 VAC

20mA or less

200/220 VAC

10mA or less

24 VDC

50mA or less

1m (oil resistant cabtire cable 2 conductor 0.2mm2)

980m/s2

100M and over with 500 VDC megger

No failure for one minute at 1500VDC

-10 to + 60°C

IEC standards IP67, JIS C0920 (water tight type), oil resistance

Specifications How to order

SKAC/SKDC

Internal circuit diagram

Dimensions

SKAC/SKDC Series

Note: SKDC is not available at 100/110/200/220 VDC.

Applicable cylinder switch: Proximity switch except R type

*: Input and output do not have polarity, so either can be connected to the switch.

SKACSWDescriptionsSymbol

SKAC

SKDC

Circuit AC

Circuit DC

Brown line Brown line

Blue line Blue line

16

30 10

3.4

Contact protecting circuit box SKAC, SKDC

SKAC/SKDC Series

Specifications

Page 29: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 30

Ending

Series option

Wiring man-hours reduced and wire mistake prevented.

Overview

· Push-in connection dramatically increases work efficiency. Eliminating misconnection.

· Comparing with conventional wiring connector, mechanical strength is increased.

· Water proof treatment is not required IP67. · When switch replacement, main body replacement

enables very quick replacement.

Features

Optimum for intermediate detection of high speed cylinder. Providing off delay timer realizes secure PC input.

Overview

· PC input problem at cylinder intermediate detection is prevented.

· Off delay timer 200 50ms · Installation to rodless cylinder SRL2 is also possible. · Great variety of applicable cylinders

Features

T type cylinder switch M8 connector Series

T0C, T5C, T2C/T2YC, T3C/T3YC

T type cylinder switch with off delay timer

T2JH/T2JV

* Custom order when a switch is installed on the cylinder.

* Custom order when a switch is installed on the cylinder. * The mounted switch may be limited, depending on the cylinder.

See each cylinder pages for details.

This is a switch that prevents cutting oil for machining, etc. from entering into the cylinder switch.

Overview

· 10 times stronger oil resistant that standard cylinder switch. This enables use even in the environment where cutting oil is applied.

· Great variety of applicable cylinder

Features

T type cylinder switch coolant proof

T2YLH/V, T3YLH/V

* Custom order when a switch is installed on the cylinder.

Page 30: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Cylinder switch

Ending 31

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Operational principleProximity switch Reed switch

The magnetic field changes when the piston's magnet approaches, and the

magnetic resistance element's output voltage changes as shown in the figure.

Switching output as shown above is attained when this signal is amplified.

The magnetic field changes when the piston's magnet approaches,

and the contact matching the reed switch direction is magnetized to

generate an attraction force and close the contact.

Switch installation position

Stroke end installation

To check that the switch functions at the

maximum sensitive position, mount 1 each

at the rod RD dimension position and at the

head HD dimension position.

HD and RD dimensions differ based on a

cylinder. Refer to each cylinder dimension.

Mount the switch so the lead comes to the

inside as shown above.

Intermediate stroke position installation

In detection at the middle of the stroke, fix

the piston at the stop position, and move

the switch back and forth over the piston.

Find the position where the switch turns ON

first. The point between these 2 positions is

the maximum sensitive position at that piston

position, and is the installation position.

Circumference direction installation

Differs based on an installation bracket.

When using a band, no limits are set on

circumference direction.

When using a tie rod, the position can be

rotated in 90°C increments. Rotation of a

circumference direction can not be made

for the rail method.

Hysteresis

Hysteresis is the distance from the point

where the piston moves and the switch turns

ON to the point where the piston moves in

the reverse direction and the switch turns

OFF.

If the piston stops between these points,

switch operation becomes unstable and is

easily adversely affected by external

sources. Care must be taken.

Operating range

The operating range is from the point where the

piston moves and the switch turns ON to the point

where the piston moves further in the same

direction and the switch turns OFF.

The center of the operating range is maximum

sensitive position. If this position is set as the piston

stop position, it is not affected by disturbance and

switch operation is stable.

Switch

Magnet

LED

OutputPower supply

Power supply

Amplifier

Amplifier output

Reluctantelement

Reluctant element output Detection level

Switch ON

Switch OFF

+

-

Reed switch

Magnet

Indicator light

Switch ONSwitch OFF

Lead wire

Rod cover

Head cover

Maximum sensitive position

RD HD

RD

HD

ON

OFFCylinderPistonMovement direction

Operating range

Hysteresis

Page 31: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 32

Ending

Model no. Page

Maximum sensitive position Proximity switch Reed switch

Stroke length

Operating range(Reference value)

HysteresisHysteresisOperating range

(Reference value)

15 30 45 60 15 30 45 60 1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)Bore size(mm)

Pencil shaped cylinder 6 10 16 6 10 16 6 10 16 6 10 16

1.01.51.5

1.51.51.5

RD=1.5RD=4.5RD=4.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 8.54.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.5

1.5 or less

1.5 or less

1.5 or less

1.5 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

3 or less

3 or less

3 or less

3 or less

I-3

232.51.532.51.54.54.5

SCPS2SCPS2-M

SCPH2

SCPD2

SCPD2-D

121313.5

242525.5

363737.5

484949.5

13.514.514.5

25.526.526.5

37.538.538.5

49.550.550.5

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V, M2WV, M3V, M3PV, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V, M5V)

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch (Unit: mm)

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

Pencil shaped cylinder 10 16

1.51.5

32.5

4.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 95 to 9.5

4.5 to 9.54.5 to 9.5

1.51.5

32.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessSCPD2-V I-3

I-81

I-81

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V, M2WV, M3V, M3PV, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V, M5V)

Medium bore size cylinder

20 25 32 40

78.58.510.5

67.57.59.5

89.59.511.5

78.58.510.5

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

3.5 to 7.53.5 to 7.53.5 to 84 to 9

78.58.5

10.5

89.59.5

11.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessCMK2

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

20 25 32 40

67.57.59.5

----

78.58.510.5

----

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

----

12.52.54.5

23.53.55.5

1.5 or less - 3 or lessCMK2

1 color indicator type (T1*, T8*)

Model no. Page

Maximum sensitive position Proximity switch Reed switch

Stroke length

Operating range(Reference value)

HysteresisHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

15 30 45 60 15 30 45 60 1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)Bore size(mm)

Medium bore size cylinder 20 30 40

7.510.511.5

7.510.511.5

7.5 to 127 to 12

7 to 12.5

10.0 to 14.010.0 to 14.010.0 to 14.0

12 to 1612 to 1612 to 16

1.5 or less 1.0 or less3 or lessCMA2 I-191

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

Cylinder switch

Page 32: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 33

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Guided cylinder

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

6.85.86.88.811.311.313.413.4

5.54.55.57.51010

12.112.1

7.78.79.711.713.213.220.120.1

6.57.58.510.51212

18.918.9

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

4 to 104 to 10

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

4.5 to 95 to 95 to 9

5.5 to 9.56 to 10

6 to 10.56.5 to 117 to 11.5

3.82.83.85.88.38.3

10.410.4

6.77.78.7

10.712.212.219.119.1

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less I-213

I-213

I-337

I-337

I-431

I-431

SCM

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color, w/o indicator display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

5.54.55.57.51010

12.112.1

--------

6.57.58.510.51212

18.918.9

--------

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

4 to 104 to 10

----

6 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

--------

----

2.32.34.44.4

----

6.26.2

13.113.1

1.5 or less

3 or less

-

SCM

1 color indicator type (T1*, T8*)

Tie rod cylinder

32 40 50 63 80 100

5 (8)5 (8)5 (9)5 (9)6 (11)

6.5 (11.5)

4 (7)4 (7)4 (8)4 (8)5 (10)

5.5 (10.5)

5 (8)5 (8)

6.5 (10.5)6.5 (10.5)12.5 (17.5)12 (17)

4 (7)4 (7)

5.5 (9.5)5.5 (9.5)11.5 (16.5)11 (16)

2 to 72 to 72 to 7

2 to 7.52.5 to 82.5 to 8

6 to 117 to 12

7.5 to 128.5 to 139 to 13.59 to 14

6 to 96.5 to 97 to 107 to 10

7.5 to 10.58 to 11

5 (8)5 (8)5 (9)5 (9)

6 (11)6.5 (11.5)

5 (8)5 (8)

6.5 (10.5)6.5 (10.5)12.5 (17.5)12 (17)

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

SCGTypes in ( ) are forrubber cushion type.

SCGTypes in ( ) are forrubber cushion type.

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

1 color/2 color, w/o indicator display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

30 40 50 63 80 100

4 (7)4 (7)4 (8)4 (8)5 (10)

5.5 (10.5)

------

4 (7)4 (7)

5.5 (9.5)5.5 (9.5)11.5 (16.5)11 (16)

------

2 to 72 to 72 to 7

2 to 7.52.5 to 82.5 to 8

6 to 117 to 12

7.5 to 128.5 to 139 to 13.59 to 14

------

0 (2)0 (2)0 (3)0 (3)0 (5)

0.5 (5.5)

0 (2)0 (2)

0.5 (4.5)0.5 (4.5)6.5 (11.5)6 (11)

1.5 or less -

-

3 or less

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T1*)

Medium bore size cylinder

40 50 63 80 100

111313

14.518.5

101212

13.517.5

111313

14.518.5

101212

13.517.5

2 to 72 to 7.5

2.5 to 7.53 to 8

3 to 8.5

5 to 12.55.5 to 13.55.5 to 14

6.5 to 14.56.5 to 15.5

3 to 103 to 10

3.5 to 10.54 to 11.54 to 11.5

111313

14.518.5

111313

14.518.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessSCA2

SCA2

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8* )

1 color/2 color, w/o indicator display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

40 50 63 80 100

101212

13.517.5

-----

101212

13.517.5

-----

2 to 72 to 7.5

2.5 to 7.53 to 8

3 to 8.5

5 to 12.55.5 to 13.55.5 to 14

6.5 to 14.56.5 to 15.5

-----

577

8.512.5

577

8.512.5

1.5 or less - 3 or less

1 color indicator type (T1*, T8*)

Page 33: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 34

Ending

Model no. Page

Maximum sensitive position Proximity switch Reed switch

Stroke length

Operating range(Reference value)

HysteresisHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

15 30 45 60 15 30 45 60 1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)Bore size(mm)

Medium bore size cylinder 40 50 63 80 100

40 50 63 80 100

101212

13.517.5

4

6

6

7.5

11.5

4

6

6

7.5

11.5

101212

13.517.5

-----

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4 to 7.5(10.5 to 13.5)

4 to 7.5(11 to 14)

5 to 8(11.5 to 14.5)

5 to 8(10.5 to 14.5)

5 to 8(10.5 to 14.5)

6.5 to 97 to 107 to 10

7.5 to 10.58 to 11

40

50

63

80

100

5.57.57.5913

5.57.57.5913

6.5 to 11.58 to 12.5

7.5 to 12.58 to 13.58 to 14

9.5 to 12.510.5 to 14.510.5 to 14.511.5 to 15.5

12 to 16

10 to 1412 to 1612 to 1612 to 1612 to 17

1.5 or less

1.5 or less-

--

- -

3 or less

1.0 or less 3 or lessSCA2 I-431

I-431

I-431

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch (Unit: mm)

SCA2-L2

SCA2

Medium bore size cylinder Applicable switch: Strong magnetic field proof reed switch (H0*) The values in ( ) indicate H0Y.

Medium bore size cylinder Applicable switch: Strong magnetic field proof proximity switch (T2YD)

Medium bore size cylinder 125 140 160 180 200

00001

00002

7.5 to 147.5 to 147.5 to 147.5 to 147.5 to 14

14 to 2118 to 2618 to 2618 to 2618 to 26

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 11 to 16 3 or lessSCS I-601

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1K, R2K, R2YK, R3K, R3YK) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD

00001

00002

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

Medium bore size cylinder 125 140 160 180 200

-----

3.53455

-----

-----

-----

-----

6.5 to 86.5 to 8.56.5 to 8.56.5 to 97 to 9

-----

1.0 or less - I-601

I-655

I-655

SCS

Applicable switch: Strong magnetic field proof proximity switch (T2YDP)

-----

3.53457

Medium bore size cylinder with valve

20 25 32 40

78.58.510.5

67.57.59.5

89.59.511.5

78.58.510.5

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

3.5 to 7.53.5 to 7.53.5 to 84 to 9

78.58.5

10.5

89.59.5

11.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessCKV2

CKV2

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

20 25 32 40

67.57.59.5

----

78.58.510.5

----

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

----

12.52.54.5

23.53.55.5

1.5 or less - 3 or less

1 color indicator type (T1*, T8*)

Cylinder with valve

50

75

100

NBNBNB

7.520.58.532.513

31.5

7.520.58.5

32.513

31.5

7.520.58.5

32.513

31.5

7.520.58.532.513

31.5

10.5 to 14.5

9.5 to 10

12 to 16

3 or less

CAV2-LCOVP2-LCOVN2-L

I-685

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

2 or less 2 or less

12 to 16

12 to 16.5

12 to 17

8 to 12.5

6 to 11

8 to 14

Cylinder switch

Page 34: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 35

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Compact cylinder

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 140 160

0033

3.57

7.512.517.523

24.53134

4.54.51.51.52

5.561116

21.523

29.532.5

2.52

6.59.5912

12.513

15.519.529.53339

2.52.558

7.510.511

11.5141828

31.537.5

2 to 62 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 104 to 104 to 104 to 10

5 to 84 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 159 to 159 to 159 to 15

3 to 63 to 7

4.5 to 84.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.55.5 to 9.56 to 106 to 108 to 108 to 108 to 10

0033

3.57

7.512.517.523

24.53134

2.52

6.59.5912

12.513

15.519.529.53339

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less I-715

I-715

I-715

I-715

SSD

SSDlarge bore size

SSDlarge bore size

SSD

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 140 160

4.54.51.51.52

5.561116

21.523

29.532.5

2.52.558

7.510.511

11.5141828

31.537.5

-------------

-------------

2 to 62 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 104 to 104 to 104 to 10

-----

6 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 159 to 159 to 159 to 15

-----

-------------

-----1

1.56.511.517

18.52528

-----6

6.57

9.513.523.52733

1.5 or less -

3 or less

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

2.53

6 (12.5)5.5 (14)8.5 (16)9.5 (19)10 (19)

17.5 (23)22 (28)

28 (33.5)

11.5

4.5 (11)4 (12.5)7 (14.5)8 (17.5)8.5 (17.5)16 (21.5)20.5 (26.5)26.5 (32)

4.54

8.5 (13.5)12 (17)14 (14)

19.5 (19.5)20 (25)18 (23)

20.5 (25.5)24.5 (29.5)

4.54.5

7 (12)10.5 (15.5)12.5 (12.5)18 (18)

18.5 (23.5)16.5 (21.5)19 (24)23 (28)

2 to 62 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 10

5 to 84 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

3 to 63 to 7

4.5 to 84.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.55.5 to 9.56 to 106 to 10

2.53

6 (12.5)5.5 (14)8.5 (16)9.5 (19)10 (19)17.5 (23)22 (28)28 (33.5)

4.54

8.5 (13.5)12 (17)14 (14)

19.5 (19.5)20 (25)18 (23)

20.5 (25.5)24.5 (29.5)

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessSSD-K

1 color/2 color, w/o indicator display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

11.5

4.5 (11)4 (12.5)7 (14.5)8 (17.5)8.5 (17.5)16 (21.5)20.5 (26.5)26.5 (32)

----------

4.54.5

7 (12)10.5 (15.5)12.5 (12.5)18 (18)

18.5 (23.5)16.5 (21.5)19 (24)23 (28)

----------

2 to 62 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 10

--

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

--

----------

--

0 (6.5)0 (8)

3.5 (10)3.5 (13)4 (13)

11.5 (17)16 (22)22 (27.5)

--

2.5 (7.5)6 (11)8 (8)

13.5 (13.5)14 (19)12 (17)

14.5 (19.5)18.5 (23.5)

1.5 or less -3 or less

SSD-K

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

Note: Values in parentheses apply when the 20 diameter 100 stroke, 25 to 50 diameter 150 stroke, and 63 to 100 diameter 200 stroke are exceeded.

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Page 35: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 36

Ending

Cylinder switch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Compact cylinder

16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

6.5109.5131415

22.524

29.534.535

34.5384665739995

58.58

11.512.513.521

22.52833

33.533

36.544

63.571.597.593.5

3334.537.540.553

70.56996915

9.512.515.521

20.519

21.525.5

31.533

36.539

51.569.567.594.589.53.58

11.51420

19.517.52024

2 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 102 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 10

4 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 154 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

3 to 74.5 to 84.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.55.5 to 9.56 to 106 to 10

---------

6.5109.5131415

22.524

29.534.535

34.5384665739995

3334.537.540.553

70.56996915

9.512.515.521

20.519

21.525.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

3 or less

I-715

I-715

I-715

3 or less

SSD-QRod end

SSD-QHead end

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

58.58

11.512.513.521

22.52833

33.533

36.544

63.571.597.593.5

------------------

31.533

36.539

51.569.567.594.589.53.58

11.51420

19.517.52024

------------------

2 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 102 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 104 to 10

-6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

-6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 159 to 15

3 to 74.5 to 84.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.55.5 to 9.56 to 106 to 10

---------

-4

3.5789

16.518

23.5-

2928.5324059679389

-28.531.534.547

64.5639085-

3.56.59.515

14.513

15.519.5

1.5 or less -

1.5 or less -

3 or less

3 or less

SSD-QRod end

SSD-QHead end

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

16 20 25 32 40 50 63

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

8 to 11.59 to 13.59.5 to 149 to 139 to 1411 to 1613 to 18

-------

00

0.50.51.51.55.5

001276

5.5

- - 3 or lessSSD-T1L

Reed (ET0*)

6 8 10

11

2.5

6.56.58

---

00

0.5

11

3.51.0 or less 1.0 or lessMDC2

6 8 10

0.512

77.5

8.5 to 11.5

---

000

125

1.0 or less 1.0 or less I-961MDC2-X

6 8 10

56

3.5 to 6.5

6.56.58

2.53.52.5

2.52.53.5

1.0 or less

1.5 to 3.5

2.0 to 3.5

1.5 to 3.5 1.0 or less

3.5 to 6.0

5.5 to 7.5

4.5 to 6.0MDC2-Y

Small direct mounting cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (F2H/V, F3H/V) / Reed switch (F0H/V)

6 10

3.55.0

7.59

1.53

34.5

3.5 to 6.04.5 to 6.0

1.0 or less I-985MVC 1.5 to 3.5 1.0 or less

Small cylinder with vacuum pad Applicable switch: Proximity switch (F2*, F3*) / Reed switch (F0*)

Page 36: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 37

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Compact cylinder 6 10 16 20 25 32

-3-1037

7.5

-8.3-6.3-5.3-2.31.72.2

67

111414

20.5

4.55.59.5

12.512.519

1.5 to 71.5 to 71.5 to 72.5 to 93.5 to 11

3.5 to 11.5

3.5 to 7.53.5 to 7.54.5 to 8.5

5 to 95.5 to 9.51.5 to 10.5

2 or less 1.5 or less

-20148

8.5

56101313

19.5

3 to 9.53.5 to 9.54 to 11

5 to 12.56.5 to 145.5 to 14

I-999SMD2

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (K2, K3, K3P*, K2Y*, K3Y*, K2YF/M*, K3YF/M*) / Reed switch (K0, K5)

3 or less

Flat and compact cylinder 25 32 40 50 63

2.52.52.53.52.5

7.5

9 to 129 to 12

8.5 to 128 to 128 to 12

6 to 116 to 11

6 to 116 to 116 to 11

1.5 or less 1.0 or less2.5

3.52.5

7.5FCS-L

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V, M2WV, M3V, M3PV, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V, M5V)

3 or less

7 to 8.57 to 8.57 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.56.5 to 8.5

I-1097

1.0 or less

I-1039

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

MSD-L

MSD-XL

MSD-YL

MSD-KL

MSDG-L

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

1.0 or less

6 8 6 8 6 8 6 8 12 16 6 8 12 16

1.51.01.51.5

7.0 to 12.06.0 to 11.0

3.52.53.53.53.52.53.53.5

7.59.5

7.5 to 12.59.0 to 14.0

8.010.010.012.513.017.510.012.513.017.5

1.5 to 3.01.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.01.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.01.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.01.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.01.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.51.5 to 3.5

Small compact cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (F2*, F3*) / Reed switch (F0*)

3.5 (0)4.0 (0)4.0 (0)4.0 (0)

2.5 to 7.52.0 to 7.0

00000000

3.55.5

4.0 to 9.05.5 to 10.5

3.55.56

8.59

14.06

8.5914

5 to 65.5 to 6.5

5 to 65 to 6.55 to 6

5.5 to 6.55 to 6

5.5 to 6.55.5 to 7.54.5 to 75 to 6

5.5 to 6.55.5 to 7.54.5 to 7

Note : Dimensions in ( ) show F0V installation position whenF0H is different from F0V installation position.

I-1097

I-1131

I-1131

25 32 40 50 63

2.52.52.53.52.5

7.5

6 to 126 to 12

6 to 126 to 126 to 12

5 to 115 to 11

5 to 115 to 115 to 11

1.5 or less 1.0 or less2.5

3.52.5

7.5

7 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 127 to 12

FCH-LFCD-LFCD-DL

3 or less

25 32 40 50 63

3456

2.5

10

7.5

6 to 12

6 to 126 to 12

5 to 116 to 12 5 to 11

5 to 115 to 11

6 to 12 5 to 11

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

3456

2.5

10

7.5

FCD-KL 3 or less

High rigid cylinder

20 32 40 50 20 32 40 50

5.59.5

10.511.5

710.511.512.5

48

8.5105.59

1011

21212424

19.5202323

19.519.522.522.518

18.521.521.5

3 to 83 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 83 to 83 to 93 to 9

6 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 146 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 14

4.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.54.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.5

5.59.510.511.5

710.511.512.5

21212424

19.5202323

1.5 or less 1.5 or less

1.5 or less 1.5 or less

3 or less

3 or lessSTK

STK-YSTK-Y1

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

20 32 40 50 20 32 40 50

48

8.5105.59

1011

--------

19.519.522.522.518

18.521.521.5

--------

3 to 83 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 83 to 83 to 93 to 9

6 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 146 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 14

--------

03.54.55.51

4.55.56.5

15151818

13.5141717

1.5 or less -

1.5 or less -

3 or less

3 or lessSTK

STK-YSTK-Y1

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

Page 37: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 38

Ending

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

20 25 32 40

78.58.510.5

67.57.59.5

89.59.511.5

78.58.510.5

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

3.5 to 7.53.5 to 7.53.5 to 84 to 9

78.58.510.5

89.59.511.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessULK

1 color/2 color indicator w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

20 25 32 40

67.57.59.5

----

78.58.510.5

----

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

----

12.52.54.5

23.53.55.5

1.5 or less - 3 or lessULK

1 color indicator type (T1*, T8*)

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

20 25 32 40

78.58.510.5

67.57.59.5

89.59.511.5

78.58.510.5

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

3.5 to 7.53.5 to 7.53.5 to 84 to 9

78.58.510.5

89.59.511.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessJSK2

1 color/2 color indicator w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

20 25 32 40

67.57.59.5

----

78.58.510.5

----

2.5 to 5.52.5 to 5.52.5 to 63 to 7

6.5 to 117.5 to 12

6.5 to 11.57.5 to 13.5

----

12.52.54.5

23.53.55.5

1.5 or less - 3 or lessJSK2

1 color indicator type (T1*, T8*)

I-1221

I-1255

I-1255

I-1287

I-1287

20 30 40

7.510.511.5

7.510.511.5

7.5 to 127 to 12

7 to 12.5

12 to 1612 to 1612 to 16

1.5 or less 1.0 or less7.510.511.5

7.510.511.5

10.5 to 14.010.0 to 14.010.0 to 14.0

JSM2 3 or less

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

Tie-rod cylinder with brakes

32 40 50 63 80 100

5 (8)5 (8)5 (9)5 (9)6 (11)

6.5 (11.5)

4 (7)4 (7)4 (8)4 (8)5 (10)

5.5 (10.5)

5 (8)5 (8)

6.5 (10.5)6.5 (10.5)12.5 (17.5)12 (17)

4 (7)4 (7)

5.5 (9.5)5.5 (9.5)11.5 (16.5)11 (16)

2 to 72 to 72 to 7

2 to 7.52.5 to 82.5 to 8

6 to 117 to 12

7.5 to 128.5 to 139 to 13.59 to 14

6 to 96.5 to 97 to 107 to 10

7.5 to 10.58 to 11

5 (8)5 (8)5 (9)5 (9)6 (11)

6.5 (11.5)

5 (8)5 (8)

6.5 (10.5)6.5 (10.5)12.5 (17.5)12 (17)

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

JSGTypes in ( ) are forrubber cushion type.

32 40 50 63 80 100

4 (7)4 (7)4 (8)4 (8)5 (10)

5.5 (10.5)

------

4 (7)4 (7)

5.5 (9.5)5.5 (9.5)11.5 (16.5)11 (16)

------

2 to 72 to 72 to 7

2 to 7.52.5 to 82.5 to 8

6 to 117 to 12

7.5 to 128.5 to 139 to 13.59 to 14

------

0 (2)0 (2)0 (3)0 (3)0 (5)

0.5 (5.5)

0 (2)0 (2)

0.5 (4.5)0.5 (4.5)6.5 (11.5)6 (11)

1.5 or less - 3 or less

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T1*)

JSGTypes in ( ) are forrubber cushion type.

Brake cylinder

40 50 63 80 100

111313

14.518.5

101212

13.517.5

111313

14.518.5

101212

13.517.5

2 to 72 to 7.5

2.5 to 7.53 to 8

3 to 8.5

5 to 12.55.5 to 13.55.5 to 14

6.5 to 14.56.5 to 15.5

3 to 103 to 10

3.5 to 10.54 to 11.54 to 11.5

111313

14.518.5

111313

14.518.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

JSC3(Medium bore size)

40 50 63 80 100

101212

13.517.5

-----

101212

13.517.5

-----

2 to 72 to 7.5

2.5 to 7.53 to 8

3 to 8.5

5 to 12.55.5 to 13.55.5 to 14

6.5 to 14.56.5 to 15.5

-----

577

8.512.5

577

8.512.5

1.5 or less - 3 or less

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

JSC3(Medium bore size)

16 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 5 to 9.5 3 or less I-1191

I-1191

I-1191

I-1221

I-1221

ULKP 5 to 9.5 4.5 to 9.5 1.5 or less 1.0 or less

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V, M2WV, M3V, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V, M5V)

Cylinder switch

Page 38: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 39

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

40 50 63 80 100

5.57.57.59

13

5.57.57.59

13

6.5 to 11.58 to 12.5

7.5 to 12.58 to 13.58 to 14

10 to 1412 to 1612 to 1612 to 1612 to 17

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

5.57.57.5913

5.57.57.5913

9.5 to 12.510.5 to 14.510.5 to 14.511.5 to 15.5

12 to 16

I-1287JSC3

Brake cylinder 125 140 160 180

0000

0000

7.5 to 147.5 to 147.5 to 147.5 to 14

14 to 2118 to 2618 to 2618 to 26

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

0000

0000

11 to 1611 to 1611 to 1611 to 16

I-1287JSC3(Large bore size)

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1K, R2K, R2YK, R3K, R3YK) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

40 50 63 80 100

-----

-----

-----

-----

466

7.511.5

466

7.511.5

4 to 7.5 (10.5 to 13.5)4 to 7.5 (11 to 14)

5 to 8 (11.5 to 14.5)5 to 8 (10.5 to 14.5)5 to 8 (10.5 to 14.5)

3 or less I-1287JSC3

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Strong magnetic field proof reed switch (H0*) The values in ( ) indicate H0Y.

125 140 160 180

----

3.5345

----

3.5345

----

6.5 to 86.5 to 8.56.5 to 8.56.5 to 9

----

1 or less1 or less1 or less1 or less

----

----

----

- I-1287

I-1357

I-1357

I-1357

I-1357

JSC3(Large bore size)

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Strong magnetic field proof proximity switch (T2YDP)

Brake cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

1.5 or less -

3 or less

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

USSD

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

1 color/2 color indicator w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

USSD-K

1.5 or less - 3 or less

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

Note: Values in parentheses apply when the 20 diameter 100 stroke, 25 to 50 diameter 150 stroke, and 63 to 100 diameter 200 stroke are exceeded.

USSD-K

Position locking compact cylinder

20 25 32 40 50 63

20 25 32 40 50 63

20 25 32 40 50 63

20 25 32 40 50 63

33

3.57

7.512.5

1.51.52

5.56

11

6 (12.5)5.5 (14)8.5 (16)9.5 (19)10 (19)

17.5 (23)

4.5 (11)4 (12.5)8 (14.5)8 (17.5)

8.5 (17.5)16 (21.5)

1.51.52

5.56

11

------

4.5 (11)4 (12.5)8 (14.5)8 (17.5)8.5 (17.5)16 (21.5)

------

6.59.59

1212.513

58

7.510.511

11.5

8.5 (13.5)12 (17)14 (14)

19.5 (19.5)20 (25)18 (23)

7 (12)10.5 (15.5)12.5 (12.5)18 (18)

18.5 (23.5)16.5 (21.5)

58

7.510.511

11.5

------

7 (12)10.5 (15.5)12.5 (12.5)18 (18)

18.5 (23.5)16.5 (21.5)

------

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

---

6 to 146 to 147 to 15

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

4.5 to 84.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.55.5 to 9.5

------

4.5 to 84.5 to 84.5 to 85 to 8.5

5.5 to 9.55.5 to 9.5

------

33

3.57

7.512.5

---1

1.56.5

6 (12.5)5.5 (14)8.5 (16)9.5 (19)10 (19)

17.5 (23)

0 (6.5)0 (8)

3.5 (10)3.5 (13)4 (13)

11.5 (17)

6.59.5912

12.513

---6

6.57

8.5 (13.5)12 (17)14 (14)

19.5 (19.5)20 (25)18 (23)

2.5 (7.5)6 (11)8 (8)

13.5 (13.5)14 (19)12 (17)

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

USSD

---

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Page 39: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 40

Ending

Cylinder switch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

1.5 or less - 3 or less

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

USC

Free locking positioning medium bore size cylinder

40 50 63 80 100

40 50 63 80 100

111313

14.518.5

101212

13.517.5

101212

13.517.5

-----

111313

14.518.5

101212

13.517.5

101212

13.517.5

-----

2 to 72 to 7.5

2.5 to 7.53 to 8

3 to 8.5

2 to 72 to 7.5

2.5 to 7.53 to 8

3 to 8.5

5 to 12.55.5 to 13.55.5 to 14

6.5 to 14.56.5 to 15.5

5 to 12.55.5 to 13.55.5 to 14

6.5 to 14.56.5 to 15.5

3 to 103 to 10

3.5 to 10.54 to 11.54 to 11.5

-----

111313

14.518.5

577

8.512.5

111313

14.518.5

577

8.512.5

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or less

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

USC

40 50 63 80 100

5.57.57.5913

5.57.57.5913

6.5 to 11.58 to 12.57.5 to 12.58 to 13.58 to 14

10 to 1412 to 1612 to 1612 to 1612 to 17

5.57.57.5913

5.57.57.5913

9.5 to 12.510.5 to 14.510.5 to 14.511.5 to 15.5

12 to 16

3 or less I-1399

I-1399

I-1399

USC 1.5 or less 1.0 or less

Free locking positioning medium bore size cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

1 color type2 color type1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type2 color type1 color type2 color type

Note: Values in parentheses indicate "H0Y".

40 50 63 80 100

-----

-----

6.5 to 9.57 to 107 to 10

7.5 to 10.58 to 11

466

7.511.5

466

7.511.5

4 to 7.5 (10.5 to 13.5)4 to 7.5 (11 to 14)

5 to 8 (11.5 to 14.5)5 to 8 (10.5 to 14.5)5 to 8 (10.5 to 14.5)

3 or less I-1399USC 1.5 or less

Free locking positioning medium bore size cylinder Applicable switch: Strong magnetic field proof proximity switch (T2YD)/ Strong magnetic field proof reed switch (H0*)

-----

101212

13.517.5

-----

101212

13.517.5

Page 40: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 41

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

1.5 or less -3 or less

--

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

STG

1.5 or less - 3 or lessSTG-C

1.5 or less - -STG-Q-H

1.5 or less - -STG-Q-R

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Guided cylinder

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 20 25 32 40 50 63 20 25 32 40 50 63

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 20 25 32 40 50 63 20 25 32 40 50 63

5108.58.58.512

11.516

19.518

19.517.520

22.520.5243634

34.53737408.58.58.512

11.516

49

7.57.57.511

10.515

18.517

18.516.519

21.519.5233634

34.536.537397.57.5811

10.515

49

7.57.57.511

10.515

18.517

18.516.519

21.519.5233634

34.536.537397.57.5811

10.515

----------------------------

54

9.5101013

13.51418

20.523.525.523.527.530319.5101013

13.514

34.53535403939

43

8.59912

12.51317

19.522.524.522.526.529308.59912

12.51334

34.534.539.53939

43

8.59912

12.51317

19.522.524.522.526.529308.59912

12.51334

34.534.539.53939

----------------------------

1.5 to 51.5 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 101.5 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 9

1.5 to 51.5 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 101.5 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 9

6 to 104 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 154 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 156 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 156 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

--

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 154 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

------------

4 to 64 to 6

5 to 8.55 to 8.55 to 96 to 106 to 106 to 107 to 114 to 6

5 to 8.55 to 8.55 to 96 to 106 to 106 to 105 to 8.55 to 8.55 to 96 to 106 to 106 to 105 to 8.55 to 8.55 to 96 to 106 to 106 to 10

----------------------------

5108.58.58.512

11.516

19.518

19.517.520

22.520.5243634

34.53737408.58.58.512

11.516

--

2.52.52.56

5.510

13.512

13.511.514

16.514.518------------

54

9.5101013

13.51418

20.523.525.523.527.530319.5101013

13.514

34.53535403939

--

3.5447

7.5812

14.517.519.517.521.52425------------

1.5 or less 1.5 or less 3 or less

I-1439

I-1439

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

STG

1.5 or less 1.5 or less 3 or lessSTG-C

1.5 or less 1.5 or less 3 or lessSTG-Q-H

1.5 or less 1.5 or less 3 or lessSTG-Q-R

Page 41: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 42

Ending

Cylinder switch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Guided cylinder

8 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

2.58.59.59.59

13.5141623

30.534.5

1.57.58.58

7.512

12.513.521.529.534.5

0.55

4.51213

17.5212220

26.524

5.54

3.59.511.516

19.521.518.52524

1.5 to 41.5 to 51.5 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 102 to 9

5 to 96 to 104 to 96 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 157 to 15

4 to 64 to 64 to 6

5 to 8.55 to 8.55 to 96 to 106 to 106 to 107 to 117 to 11

2.58.59.59.59

13.5141623

30.534.5

6.55

4.51213

17.5212220

26.524

1.5 or less1.5 or less 3 or less

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

STS/L

8 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

1.57.58.58

7.512

12.513.521.529.534.5

-----------

5.54

3.59.511.516

19.521.518.52524

-----------

1.5 to 41.5 to 51.5 to 53 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 93 to 94 to 102 to 9

---

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 157 to 157 to 15

-----------

---

3.53

7.581017

24.528.5

---67

11.5151614

20.518

1.5 or less -

3 or less

-

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

STS/L

Model no.Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Maximum sensitive position Proximity switch Reed switch

HysteresisHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

Operatingrange

(Referencevalue)1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type10 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 10 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150

Stroke length

Bore size(mm)

Linear slide cylinder 8 12 16 20 25

27.532.536.544.559

27.532.536.544.559

27.532.536.544.559

36.532.536.544.559

36.532.536.544.559

36.541.553.556

79.5

-41.553.556

79.5

--

53.556

79.5

---

5679.5

18.534.534.535

35.5

8.524.524.525

25.5

8.514.514.515

15.5

8.514.514.515

15.5

8.514.514.515

15.5

8.514.514.515

15.5

-14.514.515

15.5

--

14.515

15.5

---

1515.5

1.5 to 41.5 to 51.5 to 53 to 83 to 9

4 to 64 to 64 to 6

5 to 8.55 to 8.5

5 to 96 to 104 to 9

6 to 145 to 14

I-1651LCS

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

1.5 or less 1.5 or less 3 or less

Linear slide cylinder 6 8 12

22.52327

22.52327

22.52327

22.52327

22.53227

-32

53.5

--

53.5

---

---

25.524

61.5

15.514

51.5

15.514

41.5

25.514

41.5

25.514

41.5

-1437

--

37

---

---

2.5 to 5.53.5 to 63 to 4.5

---

LCG

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (F2*, F3*, F2Y*, F3Y*)

-

Linear slide cylinder

6 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 -- 25.5 15.5 15.5 25.5 25.5 -- 2.5To 3.5

2 to 4

- - - I-1651

I-1697

LCS

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (F2H/V, F3H/V)

1.5 or less -

Page

I-1523

I-1523

1 or less 1 or less

Linear slide cylinder

16 20 25

36.549.559

36.549.559

36.549.559

36.549.559

36.549.559

53.561

79.5

53.561

79.5

53.561

79.5

-61

79.5

5761

63.5

4751

53.5

3741

43.5

3741

43.5

3741

43.5

3741

18.5

3741

18.5

3741

18.5

-41

18.5

2 to 42 to 5.52.5 to 6

LCG

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T2W*, T3W*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

-- I-16971 or less 1 or less

1 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T0*, T5*)5 to 9

6.5 to 118 to 12

16 20 25

3447

56.5

3447

56.5

3447

56.5

3447

56.5

3447

56.5

5158.577

5158.577

5158.577

-58.577

59.563.566

49.553.556

39.543.546

39.543.546

39.543.546

39.543.521

39.543.521

39.543.521

-43.521

3 to 4.54 to 5.53.5 to 6

LCG - -- I-1697

2 color indicator type (T2W*, T3W*)---

1 or less

Page 42: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 43

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Twin rod cylinder

6

10

16

20

25

32

BMBMBMBMBMBM

3.5

2.5

7

10.5

11.5

15.5

2.5

1

5.5

9.5

10.5

14.5

21

33

39.5

45

43.5

55.5

20

32

38.5

44

42.5

54.5

1 to 6

1 to 5.5

1.5 to 7.5

3 to 9

3.5 to 10.5

-

4 to 7.5

4 to 7.5

4.5 to 9

5.5 to 10

6.5 to 10.5

-

2 or less 1.5 or less

-3.5-

2.5

7

10.5

11.5

15.5

-21-

33

39.5

45

43.5

15.5

-4 to 9

-4 to 9

5 to 12.5

6.5 to 14.5

8 to 14.5

-

I-1863STR2 3 or less

(Unit: mm)

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

1 color type 1 color type RA (mm) RB (mm)1 color type 1 color type

Plate A side RA (mm) Plate B side RB (mm)

Bore size(mm)

Unit cylinder 10 16 20 32 10 16 20 32

3232323232384242

32 32 32 32

14 + stroke length20 + stroke length24 + stroke length24 + stroke length

1.5 to 4 1.5 or less

1.5 to 4 1.5 or less

32.732.732.732.732.738.742.742.7

32.732.732.732.7

13.3 + stroke length19.3 + stroke length23.3 + stroke length23.3 + stroke length

4.5 to 8

I-1917

UCA2-XUCA2-B-X

UCA2-YUCA2-B-Y

3 or less

4.5 to 8 3 or less

Page

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (K2, K3, K3P*, K2Y*, K3Y*, K2YF/M*, K3YF/M*) / Reed switch (K0, K5)

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

Linear slide cylinder 8 12 16 20 25

-

---

-

---

-

---

-

---

28.530334040

28.530334040

28.530334040

28.530334040

28.530334040

-

---

-

---

-

---

-

---

78.580839090

103.5105108115115

128.5130133140140

153.5155158165165

178.5180183190190

1.5 to 41.5 to 51.5 to 53 to 83 to 9

5 to 96 to 104 to 9

6 to 145 to 14

LCT

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

1.5 or less 3 or less I-1819

I-1843

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

Linear slide cylinder 10 16 20 25

2030.534.549

14.52529

43.5

911.514.515

7.51013

13.5

1.5 to 5.52.0 to 6.03.0 to 8.03.5 to 8.0

4.0 to 7.04.5 to 7.55.5 to 8.56.0 to 9.0

1.5 or less

2131.535.550

810.513.514

4.5 to 9.04.5 to 9.56.0 to 12.07.0 to 12.5

LCY

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (K2*, K3*, K3P*, K2YF*, K3YF*, K2YM*, K3YM*) / Reed switch (K0*, K5*)

3.0 or less

Page

Model no.Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Maximum sensitive position Proximity switch Reed switch

HysteresisHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

Operatingrange

(Referencevalue)1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type10 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150 10 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150

Stroke length

Bore size(mm)

Page

Linear slide cylinder 4.5 6 8

--

8 (27)

--

28 (7)

-23 (7)28 (7)

-8 (22)13 (22)

7 (17)8 (17)8 (17)

17 (7)18 (7)18 (7)

17 (7)18 (7)18 (7)

1213 (12)13 (12)

1 to 31 to 31 to 3

2 to 42 to 42 to 4

---

LCM

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (F2*, F3*, F2Y*, F3Y*)

1mm or less 1mm or less - I-1761

Model no. Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Maximum sensitive position Proximity switch Proximity switch

HysteresisHysteresis

Operating range Operatingrange1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type5 10 15 20 5 10 15 20

Bore size(mm)

Page

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Page 43: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 44

Ending

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch (Unit: mm)

Page

Rodless cylinder 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

40.547

52.56074807998170175

60.567

72.58296102101120190195

4 to 134 to 134 to 13

9.5 to 15.57.5 to 15

11.5 to 17.511 to 2411 to 24

26.5 to 45.525.5 to 40.5

4 to 124 to 124 to 129 to 148 to 14

10 to 16.517 to 2717 to 27

16.5 to 4021.5 to 36

1.5 or less1.5 or less1.5 or less2.0 or less2.0 or less2.0 or less2.5 or less2.5 or less5.0 or less3.0 or less

1.0 or less1.0 or less1.0 or less1.5 or less1.5 or less1.5 or less1.5 or less1.5 or less3.0 or less2.5 or less

3 or less

3.5 or less

3 or less

40.547

52.56074807998

170175

60.567

72.58296

102101120190195

3 to 113 to 113 to 11

8.5 to 13.57 to 13.510 to 1617 to 2717 to 27

20.5 to 4124 to 37

I-1993SRL2

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V/H, M2WV, M3V/H, M3PV/H, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V/H, M5V/H)

I-1993

Rodless cylinder 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

3642485670767594165170

65727786100106105124195200

1.0 or less2 to 72 to 73 to 8

3 to 103 to 104 to 119 to 169 to 16

10 to 2410 to 24

1.5 or less

2.0 or less

----SRL2SRL2-J

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T2YL*, T3YL*)

High precision guided rodless cylinder 12 16 20

25

40.547

52.5

60

60.567

72.5

82

4 to 13(2-wire)

9.5 to 15.5(2-wire)

4 to 12(3-wire)

9 to 14(3-wire)

1.5 or less(2-wire)

2.0 or less(2-wire)

1.0 or less(3-wire)

1.5 or less(3-wire)

40.547

52.5

60

60.567

72.5

82

3 to 11

8.5 to 13.5

3.0 or less

3.5 or less

I-2083SRG

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V/H, M2WV, M3H/V, M3PH/V, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V/H, M5V/H)

12 16 20 25

36424856

65727786

----

----

----

- I-2083SRG2 to 7

3 to 83 to 10

1.5 or less

1.0 or less

High precision guided rodless cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*)

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

PageOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

Guided age Linda

20 25 32 40 50 63

1099111212

988

10.511.511.5

101111131414

9.51010121313

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

4.5 to 95 to 95 to 9

5.5 to 9.56 to 10

6 to 10.5

988

10.511.511.5

9.51010121313

1.5 or less1.5 or less 3 or lessHCM

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

20 25 32 40 50 63

988

10.511.511.5

------

9.51010121313

------

3 to 83 to 93 to 83 to 93 to 93 to 9

6 to 145 to 145 to 126 to 146 to 147 to 15

------

322

4.55.55.5

3.544677

1.5 or less - 3 or lessHCM

1 color indicator (T1*, T8*)

High speed cylinder 20 25 32 50

15.5222219

17.5212125

6 to 146 to 146 to 146 to 14

11 to 1811 to 1811 to 1811 to 18

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

15.5222219

17.5212125

7 to 148 to 139 to 149 to 14

I-1853

I-1833

I-1833

HCA 3 or less

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

Cylinder switch

Page 44: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 45

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresisOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Page

6 10 16 20 25 32

2929

44.5646068

2828

43.5635967

44

3.5333

55

4.5444

2 to 52.5 to 5.5

2 to 52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.5

------

5.5 to 6.56 to 7.55.5 to 76 to 6.56 to 6.5

5.5 to 6.5

------

------

1 or less 1 or lessMRL2

1 color/2 color indicator (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*)

6 10 16 20 25 32

2828

43.5635967

------

55

4.5444

------

2 to 52.5 to 5.5

2 to 52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.5

------

------

------

------

1 or less - -MRL2

1 color indicator type (T1*)

Magnet type rodless cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*)

High precision guided rodless cylinder

25 32 40 63

----

87.595.5120.5176.5

----

108.5116.5141.5197.5

----

5.5 to 115.5 to 105.5 to 95.5 to 10

6 to 96.5 to 9

7.5 to 10.58 to 11

87.595.5120.5176.5

108.5116.5141.5197.5

- 1.0 or lessSRM

SRM

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

1 color/2 color indicator (T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T2YD, T0*, T5*)

25 32 40 63

----

----

----

----

----

5.5 to 115.5 to 105.5 to 95.5 to 10

----

81.589.5114.5170.5

102.5110.5135.5191.5

- - 2 or less

1 color w/o indicator (T8*)

Note: RD is the same as HD for the radial lead wire.

Rodless cylinder with brake 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

40.547

52.56074807998

60.567

72.58296102101120

4 to 134 to 134 to 13

9.5 to 15.57.5 to 1511.5 to 17.516.5 to 2416 to 24

4 to 124 to 124 to 129 to 148 to 14

10 to 16.514 to 2114 to 21

2.0 or less 1.5 or less

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

3.5 or less

3.0 or less

40.547

52.56074807998

60.567

72.58296102101120

3 to 113 to 113 to 11

8.5 to 13.57 to 13.510 to 16

14.5 to 21.514 to 21.5

I-2137SRT

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V/H, M2WV, M3V/H, M3PV/H, M3WV) / Reed switch (M0V/H, M5V/H)

12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

3642485670767594

65727786100106105124

--------

--------

--------

- I-2137SRT

2 to 7

3 to 8

3 to 10

4 to 11

7 to 14

1.5 or less

1.0 or less

Rodless cylinder with brake Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*)

I-2107

I-2107

2 or less

- I-2167

I-2167

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Page 45: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 46

Ending

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresisOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Page

50 63

8.5 10.52.5 to 6.02.8 to 6.5

7.8 to 11.38.2 to 11.4

5.9 to 6.86.1 to 6.8

8.5 10.56.5 to 9.56.5 to 9.5

8.5(T8*: 3.5)

10.5(T8*: 5.5)

1.5 or less 1.0 or less

1.5 or less

3 or lessUCAC

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T1*, T0*, T5*, T8*)

Clamp cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*, H0*)

50 63

- - - - - -7.8 to 11.38.2 to 11.4

4 6 3 or lessUCAC-L2

Compact strong magnetic field proof (H0*)

50 63

- - - - - -UCAC

Strong magnetic field proof (T2YD)

40 50 63 80 100

476

11.516

64.571212

6.5 to 11.58 to 12.5

7.5 to 12.58 to 13.58 to 14

476

11.516

64.57

1212

9.5 to 12.510.5 to 14.510.5 to 14.511.5 to 15.5

12 to 16

3 or less I-2329

I-2197

I-2197

I-2243

I-2243

I-2243

I-2267

I-2267

I-2267

SHC 1.5 or less

High power cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

40 50 63 80 100

-----

2.55.54.510

14.5

4.53

5.510.510.5

4 to 75 to 7.55 to 85 to 85 to 8

3 or less I-2329SHC

High power cylinder Applicable switch: Reed switch (H0)

-----

-----

-

10 16 25 10 16 25 10 16 25 10 16 25

76.5104.5143.5101.5129.5193.576.5104.5143.5126.5154.5243.5

75.5103.5142.5100.5128.5192.575.5103.5142.5125.5153.5242.5

2.52.51.527.527.551.552.552.5101.5

2.52.51.5

1.51.50.526.526.550.551.551.5100.5

1.51.50.5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

6.5 to 7.57 to 8

7.5 to 86.5 to 7.5

7 to 87.5 to 8

6.5 to 7.57 to 8

7.5 to 86.5 to 7.5

7 to 87.5 to 8

1 or less2 or less2 or less1 or less2 or less2 or less1 or less2 or less2 or less1 or less2 or less2 or less

5.5 to 76 to 7.56 to 7

5.5 to 76 to 7.56 to 7

5.5 to 76 to 7.56 to 7

5.5 to 76 to 7.56 to 7

75.5103.5142.5100.5128.5192.575.5

103.5142.5125.5153.5242.5

1.51.50.5

26.526.550.551.551.5

100.51.51.50.5

0.5 or less 0.5 or less

-

MRG2

MRG2-*-A

MRG2-*-A1

MRG2-*-A2

1 color/2 color indicator (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T0*, T5*)

Magnet type rodless cylinder high precision guide Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*)

10 16 25 10 16 25 10 16 25 10 16 25

75.5103.5142.5100.5128.5192.575.5103.5142.5125.5153.5242.5

------------

1.51.50.526.526.550.551.551.5100.5

1.51.50.5

------------

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

2 to 4.52 to 52 to 5

------------

------------

------------

------------

------------

0.5 or less -

-

MRG2

MRG2-*-A

MRG2-*-A1

MRG2-*-A2

1 color indicator type (T1*)

40 50 63

80

8.5

19

10.5

26

2.2 to 6.82.5 to 6.02.8 to 6.5

3 to 7.2

6.7 to 10.87.8 to 11.38.2 to 11.4

9 to 10.9

5.7 to 6.55.9 to 6.86.1 to 6.8

7.7 to 8.5

8.5(T8*: 3.5)

19(T8*: 14)

10.5(T8*: 5.5)

26(T8*: 21)

1.5 or less 1.0 or less 3 or lessCAC3

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T1*, T0*, T5*, T8*)

Clamp cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YD, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*, H0*)

40 50 63 80

- - -6.7 to 10.87.8 to 11.38.2 to 11.46.6 to 7.5

- 4

12.5

6

19.5

- - 3 or lessCAC3-L2

Compact strong magnetic field proof (H0*)

40 50 63 80

-8.5

19

10.5

26

- - - - -1.5 or lessCAC3

Strong magnetic field proof (T2YD)6 to 9

6.5 to 9.56.5 to 9.56.6 to 7.9

Cylinder switch

Page 46: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 47

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Maximum sensitive position of each cylinder with switch

Model no.

Maximum sensitive position

1 color type, 2 color type 1 color type

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range (mm) Hysteresis

Maximum sensitive position

HysteresisOperating range(°)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type90° 180°

Clockwise end RD (mm) Counterclockwise end LD (mm)

Bore size(mm)

(Unit: mm)

Page

51020305080

22.52631405154

25.530.537.549.56164

21.524.531

38.548.551.5

25.530.537.549.56164

10 to 355 to 3010 to 355 to 255 to 255 to 25

------

------

------

30 to 4020 to 3025 to 3515 to 2515 to 2515 to 25

- - -GRC

1 color/2 color indicator (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*)

Table type rotary actuator Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T2YF/M*, T3YF/M*, T1*)

90° 180° 90° 180°

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresis

Operating range(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm) Page

Rotary actuator (vane mechanism)3102050150300

------

------

15 715 715 7

402525

------

3 or less

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

---

251515

II-55

RV3S, RV3D

RV3S

Applicable switch: Proximity switch (M2V, M3V, M3PV) / Reed switch (M0V, M5V)

-

-

40 50 63 80 100

46

7.515

19.5

035

7.510

7 to 179 to 1710 to 188 to 19

11 to 20.5

35.57

14.518.5

02.54.57

8.5

11.5 to 16.513 to 1815 to 2015 to 20

13.5 to 19

3 or less I-2367GLC 1.5 or less

High rigid guideless cylinder Applicable switch: Proximity switch (R1, R2, R2Y, R3, R3Y) / Reed switch (R0, R4, R5, R6)

40 50 63 80 100

-----

46

7.515

19.5

035

7.510

4 to 94 to 94 to 105 to 115 to 11

3 or less I-2367

II-3

II-3

II-17

GLC

High rigid guideless cylinder Applicable switch: Reed switch (H0)

-----

-----

-

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range (°)(Reference value)

HysteresisMaximum sensitive position

HysteresisOperating range(°)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type90° 80° 270°

1 color type 1 color type2 color type

Bore size(mm) Page

83263

32.258.265.9

3767.776.9

41.677.187.9

30.856.864.5

35.566.375.5

40.275.586.5

20 to 7010 to 3010 to 30

70 to 9030 to 4030 to 40

20 to 7010 to 3010 to 30

- - -RRC

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T2*, T3*, T3P*, T2J*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T1*, T0*, T5*, T8*)

Rotary actuator Applicable switch: Proximity switch (T2*, T3*, T2Y*, T3Y*, T1*) / Reed switch (T0*, T5*, T8*)

90° 80° 270° 90° 80° 270°

3057.665.3

34.367.176.3

4176.587.3

83263

30.856.864.5

35.566.375.5

40.275.586.5

---

---

---

20 to 7010 to 3010 to 30

70 to 9030 to 4030 to 40

---

- - -RRC

1 color/2 color indicator, w/o display (T1*, T8*)24

51.659.3

28.361.170.3

3570.581.3

Model no.Maximum sensitive position

Proximity switch Reed switch

Operating range(Reference value)

Hysteresis Maximum sensitive positionHysteresisOperating range

(Reference value)

1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type HD RD1 color type 2 color type 1 color type 2 color type

Head end HD (mm) Rod end RD (mm)

Bore size(mm) Page

Cylinder switchMaximum sensitive position

Page 47: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 48

Ending

Cylinder switch

Relocation of switchCAUTION

Band installation type (SCPD2, CMA2, HCA)

Loosen the tightening screw (pan head small screw), and move the

switch and band along the cylinder tube. Tighten at the required

position. To finely adjust, fix the band position, and move only the

switch. Tightening torque is 0.5 to 0.7N·m. 1.0 to 1.5N·m for HCA

80, 100.

Tie rod installation type (SCA2, JSC3, CAV2)

When the 2 set screw for fixing the bracket are loosend by 1/2 to 3/4

turn, the switch can be moved axially without falling off.

After adjusting, fix by lightly pressing the holder so that the switch is

seated against the tube, then tighten set screws.

Tightening torque is 1.7 to 2.0N·m. As a guide, the screw is

sufficiently tightened if the hexagonal wrench starts to flex.

Pan head machine screw (M3) Bracket Switch

Cylinder tubeBand

Switch

Mounting holder

Tie rod

Set screw diameter M5

Bracket

Hexagon head bar wrench nominal 2.5

Tightening torque1.7 to 2.0N\m

Pan head machine screw M4Fine adjustment possible(Moving range 3mm)

Tightening torque1.5 to 1.9N·m

Movement and tightening drawing

(1) Moving the switch position in the stroke direction The 1-color indicator switch is line-tuned by 3 mm from the

default. If the adjustment range exceeds 3 mm, or when adjusting

the 2-color indicator switch, move the band position.

The switch bracket rail has a mark 4 mm from the rail end. Use

this as a guide to the mounting position when replacing the switch.

Switch rail markings are set to the default switch maximum

sensitivity. The maximum sensitivity position will change when the

switch type is changed or when the band is moved. Adjust the

position accordingly in this case.

(2) Shifting the switch position in the circumference direction Loosen the band fixing screw, shift the switch rail in the

circumference direction, then tighten at the specified position.

Tightening torque is 0.8 to 1.0N·m.

(3) Shifting the band position Loosen the band fixing screw, shift the switch rail and band along

the cylinder tube, and tighten at the specified position. Tightening

torque is 0.8 to 1.0N·m.

Markings

Band fixing screw

Switch Switch rail

Band

Cylinder tube

Band installation type (CMK2, SCM, CKV2, ULK)

Switch groove installation type (SSD, SMD2, MRL, SCM, STR2)

Loosen the tightening screw (set screw), and move the switch along

the switch groove. Tighten at the required position. When using T2,

T3, T0, T5, K2, K3, K0 or K5 type, tighten the switch fixing screw

using a minus headed screw driver with 5 to 6mm grip diameter, 2.4

or smaller end width, and 0.3mm or thinner flat tip screw driver, or

one for clocks). Tighten with a tightening torque of 0.1to 0.2N·m.

Tightenin torque 0.5 to 0.7N·m for T*C, T2J, T2Y, T3Y, T2YF, T3YF,

T2YM, T3YM, K2Y, K3Y, K2YF, K3YF, K2YM, K3YM, T2YD, ET0.

Page 48: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Cylinder switch

Ending 49

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Slotted head bolt

Spring washer

Plain washer

Switch body

Holder

Bracket

Hexagon socket head set screw

A

Relocation of switch

Contact protection circuit (SKAC, SKDC)

If the circuit configuration has a cylinder switch (0, 5, or 8) and

load, excluding the R cylinder switch, the contact life could drop

(remain on), so connect a contact protection circuit 1 m or nearer

to the switch.

When the work load is inductive (relay, valve, etc.) or

capacitance load (programmable controller AC input card)

When lead wire’s wiring path is 10m or longer

When causes of overvoltage or overcurrent exist

Refer to Ending 29 for details of contact protection circuit.

T2YD tie rod installation type (SCA2, CAC3)

(1) Fine adjustment

Loosen the slotted hexagon bolt A, move only the switch, and

fix at the required position. Tightening torque is 0.5 to 0.7N·m.

(2) Rough adjustment

Completely loosen the slotted bolt A and set screws, and

move the entire mounting bracket to the required position.

Tighten the slotted hexagon bolt A. Tightening torque is 0.5 to

0.7N·m. Then, tighten set screw with a tightening torque of

1.7 to 2.0N·m.

Page 49: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 50

Ending

Cylinder switch

How to install the product to R*B terminal box

Refer to the following drawing when connecting to the R*B terminalbox.1. After completely removing the fixing screw, pull the terminal box

off the switch.2. Push out the pin support from the top of the case, and separate

the case and pin support.3. Remove the cap, and then the washer and gasket.4. Decide the direction to guide the lead out of the terminal box.5. Refer to the top view of the case mounting direction, and cut the lead

based on the lead-out direction. Then, peel the seal and sheath.6. Crimp the enclosed terminal.7. Pass the lead through in the sequence of the cap, washer, gasket,

and case as following instruction. Pull out with a pair of radio pliers.8. While inserting the terminal into the pin support, take check

orientation, and push into the case. Push until the upper rib ofthe pin support comes to the top of the case.

9. Insert the fixing screw into the case and pin support.10. Insert the gasket and washer into the case, and tighten with the cap.11. Insert the case into the switch terminal and fix with the fixing screw.

Lead cutting length

The lead cutting length differs with the case mounting direction. Refer to the following table.

How to install the product to E0 terminal boxPrepare a heat-resistant cabtire cable and flexible tube, and wire to

the terminal box while referring to the following drawing. The MAS

insert, MAS holder, and cap nut are included as accessories.

8 813

413

4

+ s

ide

- s

ide

Top

view

of c

ase

mou

ntin

g di

rect

ion

Botto

m vi

ew o

f cas

em

ount

ing

dire

ctio

nLe

ad w

ire le

ngth

Switch terminal (-)

Switch terminal (+)

Gasket

Gasket side

Cap side

Pin support

Case

JIS C3306VCTF2 conductor O.D. 6.6 or less

Gasket

Case

Pin support

Washer (check direction)

Washer

Cap

Lead wire (0.75mm2)

Lead wire sheath pealing

Fixing setscrew (M3 20)

Tightening torque 0.3N·m

Upper end rib 3

Attach the case and tighten with the screw

Crimp terminal (4K9-013)

Caulking tool Japan A.M.P.720781-3

Insert gasket and case assembly into switch termina

Note: Can be rotated 90° in increments

Insert crimped terminal into pin support

Note: Catch upper rib of pin support on case edge as shown below

Set gasket and washer and tighten with cap Note: Refer to the table above for

lead cutting length.

Cabtire cable

Terminal box Heat resistance cabtire cord

JIS C3306VCTF2 conductorO.D. 10 or lessMAS insert

FLEX

Cap nut

MSA holderTerminal box

Switch terminal (-)

Switch terminal (+)

Switch cylinder

Japanese Industrial Standard compatible VHM-10 (NEO FLEX) or equivalent

Page 50: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Cylinder switch

Ending 51

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

When selecting a cylinder switch, at first, check that either reed or proximity switch is used,

then follow the selecting chart below.

Cylinder switch selecting chart

Reed

Applications1Use voltage2Load current3

Light display4

How to wire5Lead wire length6

Proximity

Applications1Use voltage2Load current32 wire/3 wire4

2 color indicator5How to wire6Lead wire length7

ApplicationsProgrammable controllerIC circuitRelaySmall solenoid valve

Use voltage

5 VDC, 12 VDC, 24 VDC100 VAC, 200 VAC

Load current

5 to 300mA

2 wire/3 wire (only proximity)

Light display (only reed)

With indicator light

Without indicator light

2 color indicator type (only proximity)

2 color indicator type:

How to wire

Grommet lead wire: StandardTerminal box: Easy maintenance

Lead wire length

1m: Standard3m5m

ON lightingOFF lighting{

Applicableswitches

2 wire: Wiring man-hours can be reduced drastically. 3 wire: No current leakage small internal voltage

drop, wide applications and load current large

The color indicator that shows the appropriate installation position in an instance enables instant installation.

Selecting chart

Page 51: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 52

Ending

Cylinder switch Cylinder switch

Ending 53

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Trouble shooting

Countermeasures

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and select so the cylinder switch's maximum rating matches the load rating

(1) Connect correctly

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and connect correctly

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and wire the protective circuit (Refer to Intro 78 and 80)

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and wire the protective circuit (Refer to Intro 78 and 80)

(1) Add a noise filter or replace with a reed switch

(2) Separate the power cable and signal cable

(3) Separate the power source

(1) Adjust the position again

(1) Tighten with the specified tightening torque range

(1) Mount in the correct direction

(1) Raise the ambient temperature to -10°C

(1) Change from standard cylinder switch to T*YL of coolant proof specifications (T switch only)(2) Replace the cylinder switch, and provide a partition so water and oil do not come in excessive contact

(1) Set a partition so water and oil do not come in contact with the relay box, or place the relay box in a waterproof box

(1) Change to a strong magnetic field proof switch. The cylinder body must also be changed to one for strong magnetic fields(2) Check that magnetic fields are not applied

a. Distance the magnetic field originb. Set a magnetic material partition between the magnetic field origin and cylinder switch

(3) Provide magnetic shield

(1) Replace with a stainless steel bolt(2) Mount the cylinder switch on a surface distanced from the iron bolt

(1) Separate the cylinder switch from the magnetic substance by the value recommended in the catalog(2) Mount the cylinder switch on a surface distanced from the magnetic substance(3) Change the magnetic substance's material to a nonmagnetic material such as stainless steel, aluminum, cupper, etc.

(1) Remove iron chips

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and check that external force is not applied to the cylinder switch

Trouble shooting [Cylinder switch] ①Trouble Cause Factor

The switch remains ON and output does not stop

* Load· Programmable

controller· Relay· Others

The load was shot-circuited

A load current exceeding catalog value was passed

A load voltage or power voltage exceeding catalog values was impressed

The connection is incorrect

Long wire length (refer to Intro 78 of the catalog)

Surge voltage is generated depending on the connection of the inductive load (relay, solenoid valve)

When using proximity switches, servomotor or robot, etc., that may generate noise is located in the same equipment

The power and signal cables are wired together

The same power supply as the noise source is used

The cylinder switch installation position does not match the piston stop position

The ambient temperature is -10°C or less

Water or oil, etc., come in contact with the cylinder switch

Water or oil, etc., entered the relay box of the leadWater or oil come in contact with the terminal section

There is magnetic field generating equipment in the area· Spot welding machine· Magnetizer, etc

There is magnetic substance in the area

External force was applied to the cylinder switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

Malfunction caused by miss-wiring

Internal circuit damage caused by miss-wiring(Such as AC, DC, polarity)

Internal circuit damage of switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

Noise is applied

The position is adjusted incorrectly

The installation position deviates due to a loose screw

The installation position is in reverse

The piston magnetic force in the cylinder has increased

Water or oil entered into the cylinder switch and damaged the internal circuit

Malfunction caused by entry of water or oil

Cylinder switch is reacting to an external magnetic field

There is an iron bolt in the areas

There is magnetic substance near the cylinder switch

Iron chips accumulated around the cylinder switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

Page 52: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 54

Ending

Cylinder switch Cylinder switch

Ending 55

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Trouble shooting

Countermeasures

(1) Change the cylinder switch from *2 *0 or *3 type.(2) Change the cylinder switch to one with a large load OFF current value.(3) Wire bleeder resistance

* Select a programmable controller or relay, etc., that does not malfunction due to proximity switch leakage current.

* Check the model No. and contact the manufacturer or CKD for the load's input specifications.

(1) Connect correctly

Trouble shooting [Cylinder switch] ②Trouble Cause Factor

The Cylinder switch turns ON/OFF, the load remains ON

The output correctly turns ON-OFF, the light does not light

The relation of the cylinder switch's leakage current and load's input specifications is:

Leakage current > OFF current

The wiring poles are reverse (only when using reed *0 with DC)

The load is reacting to the leakage current

The leakage current is increasing because of a parallel connection (Refer to Intro 79)

Malfunction caused by miss-wiring

Page 53: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 56

Ending

Cylinder switch Cylinder switch

Ending 57

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Trouble shooting

Countermeasures

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and set the correct voltage(2) Replace with a cylinder switch in correct voltage

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and select so the cylinder switch's maximum rating matches the load rating

(1) Connect correctly

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and connect correctly

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and provide a sufficient bending radius (9mm and over) for the lead so one section is not excessively bent(2) Change the cylinder switch to T2*R type with elasticity specifications (T switch only)

(1) Replace the cylinder switch, and take measures to prevent excessive tension from being applied

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and wire the protective circuit (Refer to Intro 78 and 80)

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and wire the protective circuit (Refer to Intro 78 and 80)

(1) Add a noise filter or replace with a reed switch

(2) Separate the power cable and signal cable

(3) Separate the power source

(1) Adjust the position again

(1) Tighten with the specified tightening torque range

(1) Mount in the correct direction

(1) Lower the ambient temperature to 60°C or less(2) Replace with a heat-resistant cylinder switch (Refer to the catalog for applicable models)

(1) Changes from standard cylinder switch to T*YL of coolant proof specifications (T switch only)(2) Replace the cylinder switch, and provide a partition so water and oil do not come in excessive contact

(1) Set a partition so water and oil do not come in contact with the relay box, or place the relay box in a waterproof box

(1) Change to a strong magnetic field proof switch. The cylinder body must also be changed to one for strong magnetic fields(2) Check that magnetic fields are not applied

a. Distance the magnetic field originb. Set a magnetic material partition between the magnetic field origin and cylinder switch

(3) Provide magnetic shield

(1) Replace with a stainless steel bolt(2) Mount the cylinder switch on a surface distanced from the iron bolt

(1) Separate the cylinder switch from the magnetic substance by the value recommended in the catalog(2) Mount the cylinder switch in a surface distanced from the magnetic substance(3) Change the magnetic substance's material to a nonmagnetic material such as stainless steel, aluminum, copper, etc.

(1) Remove iron chips

(1) Replace the cylinder switch and check that external force is not applied to the cylinder switch

Trouble shooting [Cylinder switch] ③Trouble Cause Factor

Cylinder switch does not turn ON

No outputLoad does not react

* Load· Programmable

controller· Relay· Other

The impress voltage is incorrect

The load was shot-circuited

A load current exceeding catalog value was passed

A load voltage or power voltage exceeding catalog values was impressed

The connection is incorrect

Excessive bending is applied to the lead.

Excessive tension is applied to the lead

Long wire length(Refer to the Intro 78)

Surge voltage generated due to connection of an inductive load (relay, valve)

When using proximity switches, servomotor or robot, etc., that may generate noise is located in the same equipment

The power and signal cables are wired together

The same power supply as the noise source is used

The cylinder switch installation position does not match the piston stop position

The ambient temperature exceeds 60°C

Water or oil, etc., come in contact with the cylinder switch

Water or oil, etc., entered the relay box of the leadWater or oil come in contact with the terminal section

There is magnetic field generating in the area· Spot welding machine· Magnetizer, etc.

There is magnetic substance in the area

External force was applied to the cylinder switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

The switch is not activated depending on the miss-wiring

Internal circuit damage caused by miss-wiring(Such as AC, DC, polarity)

Disconnection of lead wire

Disconnection of lead wire

Internal circuit damage of switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

Noise is applied

The position is adjusted incorrectly

The installation position deviates due to a loose screw

The installation position is in reverse

The magnetic force of the piston magnet in the cylinder has weakened

Water or oil entered into the cylinder switch and damaged the internal circuit

Internal circuit error caused by the entry of water or oil

Cylinder switch does not react due to the effect of the peripheral magnetic field

There is an iron bolt in the areas

There is magnetic substance near the cylinder switch

Iron chips accumulated around the cylinder switch

Internal circuit damage of switch

Page 54: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 58

Ending

Cylinder switch Cylinder switch

Ending 59

Ending

Cyl

inde

r sw

itch

Trouble shooting

Countermeasures

(1) Replace the cylinder switch with a type of small inner drop voltage*2 type *0 type *3 type *5 type

(2) Replace the load with a min. operation voltage

(1) Source input ---- Select NPN output *3 type (NPN output is standard type)(2) Sink input ---------- Select PNP output *3P type (T, K or M switch only)(3) Change the cylinder switch to 2-wire type

(1) Change to T2J with OFF delay specifications (T switch only)(2) Connect several cylinder switches in parallel to increase the operating range (3) Connect a sensor controller etc., between the cylinder switch and load, and change to a signal time that matches load performance Example: OMRON S3D2(4) Decrease cylinder speed

Trouble shooting [Cylinder switch] ④Trouble Cause Factor

The cylinder switch light turns ON but the load does not operate

The relation of the cylinder switch voltage drop and load input specifications is: (power voltage - inner voltage drop) min. operation voltage

When using 3-wire type, the programmable controller (PLC) input specifications (source input, sink input) do not match

Cylinder switch output is set to the middle of the air cylinder stroke

The load and cylinder switch do not match

Occurrence of internal voltage drop caused by serial connection (Refer to Intro 79)

The cylinder switch's signals are not received

The cylinder speed is fast and the load does not react

Page 55: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 62

Ending

MSD/MSD-KMSDG-L

Bore size (mm)Operatingdirection

2.511.883.182.555.654.245.653.145.653.145.653.145.654.24

----

11.36.2811.38.4811.38.485.654.2410.16.1310.16.1320.115.120.115.110.18.6410.110.110.17.5415.713.215.710.115.710.115.713.2

------

31.420.120.120.122.617.022.617.027.727.727.727.745.233.945.233.922.622.622.617.022.617.027.727.740.236.340.230.240.234.640.230.2

3.772.834.773.838.486.368.484.718.484.718.484.718.486.368.488.4817.017.017.09.4217.012.717.012.78.486.3615.19.1915.19.1930.222.630.222.615.113.015.115.115.111.323.619.823.615.123.615.123.619.823.623.647.147.123.623.647.130.230.230.233.925.433.925.441.541.541.541.567.950.967.950.933.933.933.925.433.925.441.541.560.354.460.345.260.351.860.345.2

5.033.776.365.1111.38.4811.36.2811.36.2811.36.2811.38.4811.311.322.622.622.612.622.617.022.617.011.38.4820.112.320.112.340.230.240.230.220.117.320.120.120.115.131.426.431.420.131.420.131.426.431.431.462.862.831.431.462.840.240.240.245.233.945.233.955.355.355.355.390.567.990.567.945.245.245.233.945.233.955.355.380.472.680.460.380.469.180.460.3

6.284.717.956.3814.110.614.17.8514.17.8514.17.8514.110.614.114.128.328.328.315.728.321.228.321.214.110.625.115.325.115.350.337.750.337.725.121.625.125.125.118.839.333.039.325.139.325.139.333.039.339.378.578.539.339.378.550.350.350.356.542.456.542.469.169.169.169.1

1.13 102

84.81.13 102

84.856.556.556.542.456.542.469.169.1

1.01 102

90.71.01 102

75.41.01 102

86.41.01 102

75.4

7.545.659.547.6617.012.717.09.4217.09.4217.09.4217.012.717.017.033.933.933.918.833.925.433.925.417.012.730.218.430.218.460.345.260.345.230.225.930.230.230.222.647.139.647.130.247.130.247.139.647.147.194.294.247.147.194.260.360.360.367.950.967.950.983.083.083.083.0

1.36 102

1.02 102

1.36 102

1.02 102

67.967.967.950.967.950.983.083.0

1.21 102

1.09 102

1.21 102

90.51.21 102

1.04 102

1.21 102

90.5

8.806.6011.18.9319.814.819.811.019.811.019.811.019.814.819.819.839.639.639.622.039.629.739.629.719.814.835.221.435.221.470.452.870.452.835.230.235.235.235.226.455.046.255.035.255.035.255.046.255.055.0

1.10 102

1.10 102

55.055.0

1.10 102

70.470.470.479.259.479.259.496.896.896.896.8

1.58 102

1.19 102

1.58 102

1.19 102

79.279.279.259.479.259.496.896.8

1.41 102

1.27 102

1.41 102

1.06 102

1.41 102

1.21 102

1.41 102

1.06 102

----

22.617.0

--

22.612.6

------------------

40.224.5

--------

40.230.262.852.8

--------------

80.480.490.567.990.567.9

----------

90.567.990.567.9

--

1.61 102

1.45 102

1.61 102

1.21 102

--

1.61 102

1.21 102

----

25.419.1

--

25.414.1

------------------

45.227.6

--------

45.233.970.759.4

--------------

90.590.5

1.02 102

76.31.02 102

76.3----------

1.02 102

76.31.02 102

76.3--

1.81 102

1.63 102

1.81 102

1.36 102

--

1.81 102

1.36 102

----

28.321.2

--

28.315.7

------------------

50.330.6

--------

50.337.778.566.0

--------------

1.01 102

1.01 102

1.13 102

84.81.13 102

84.8----------

1.13 102

84.81.13 102

84.8--

2.01 102

1.81 102

2.01 102

1.51 102

--

2.01 102

1.51 102

SeriesWorking pressure MPa

0.2----------------------------------------

7.856.607.855.037.855.037.856.60

----------

11.38.4811.38.48

----------------

20.118.120.115.120.117.3

--

0.1--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0.05--------------------

8.486.368.486.36

------

15.111.315.111.37.546.487.57.5--

11.89.9011.87.5411.87.5411.89.90

----------

17.012.717.012.7

----

33.925.433.925.417.017.0

--

17.012.7

--

30.227.230.222.630.225.930.222.6

0.15 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

(Unit: N)

PushPull

PushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPull

MDC2

LCM

SCPD2

MDC2

MVC

SMD2

MRL2/MRL2-G

MRL2-W

STR2

LCS

LCG

LCM

MDC2

LCS

LCG

LCM

LCT

STS/STL

SCPD2

MDC2

MVC

SMD2/LCY

MRL2/MRL2-G

MRL2-W

MRG2

STR2

UCA2

MSD-K/MSDG-L

SSD

SRL2

SRT

LCS

LCG

LCT

STS/STL

STG

SRG

SCPD2/ULKP

MSD-K/MSDG-L

SMD2/LCY

STG

6

8

10

12

16

4

4.5

MSD/MSD-KMSDG-L

1

Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Page 56: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 63

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

Technical data 2Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Bore size (mm) Series Operatingdirection

Working pressure MPa0.20.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

(Unit: N)

40.240.280.480.440.240.280.449.049.049.040.230.243.243.243.243.280.469.180.469.140.240.240.230.243.243.262.847.162.847.162.852.862.862.8

1.26 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

80.41.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

1.06 102

62.862.862.847.162.847.162.840.2

--

62.962.962.852.862.962.962.962.998.275.698.282.598.298.2

1.96 102

1.96 102

98.298.2

1.96 102

1.65 102

1.96 102

1.65 102

98.298.298.275.698.275.6

1.96 102

1.35 102

1.35 102

1.35 102

1.08 102

1.08 102

------

40.224.5

--

20.115.1

--------------

31.423.631.423.631.426.4

----

62.840.2

----------------

31.426.4

----

49.137.849.141.2

----------------

98.267.467.467.454.254.2

0.05--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0.15------

60.336.8

--

30.222.6

----

60.351.860.351.830.230.2

----

47.135.347.135.347.139.6

----

94.260.394.279.294.279.247.147.147.135.3

--------

47.139.6

----

73.656.773.661.9

------

1.47 102

1.24 102

1.47 102

1.24 102

73.673.673.656.7

--

1.47 102

1.01 102

1.01 102

1.01 102

81.481.4

60.360.3

1.21 102

1.21 102

60.360.3

1.21 102

73.573.573.560.345.264.864.864.864.8

1.21 102

1.04 102

1.21 102

1.04 102

60.360.360.345.264.864.894.270.794.270.794.279.294.294.2

1.88 102

1.88 102

1.88 102

1.21 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

94.294.294.270.794.270.794.260.394.245.694.494.494.279.294.494.494.494.4

1.47 102

1.13 102

1.47 102

1.24 102

1.47 102

1.47 102

2.95 102

2.95 102

1.47 102

1.47 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

1.47 102

1.47 102

1.47 102

1.13 102

1.47 102

1.13 102

2.95 102

2.02 102

2.02 102

2.02 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

80.480.4

1.61 102

1.61 102

80.480.4

1.61 102

98.098.098.080.460.386.486.486.486.4

1.61 102

1.38 102

1.61 102

1.38 102

80.480.480.460.386.486.4

1.26 102

94.21.26 102

94.21.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

2.51 102

2.51 102

2.51 102

1.61 102

2.51 102

2.11 102

2.51 102

2.11 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

94.21.26 102

94.21.26 102

80.41.26 102

65.71.26 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

1.26 102

1.96 102

1.51 102

1.96 102

1.65 102

1.96 102

1.96 102

3.93 102

3.93 102

1.96 102

1.96 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

1.96 102

1.96 102

1.96 102

1.51 102

1.96 102

1.51 102

3.93 102

2.70 102

2.70 102

2.70 102

2.17 102

2.17 102

1.01 102

1.01 102

2.01 102

2.01 102

1.01 102

1.01 102

2.01 102

1.23 102

1.23 102

1.23 102

1.01 102

75.41.08 102

1.08 102

1.08 102

1.08 102

2.01 102

1.73 102

2.01 102

1.73 102

1.01 102

1.01 102

1.01 102

75.41.08 102

1.08 102

1.57 102

1.18 102

1.57 102

1.18 102

1.57 102

1.32 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

3.14 102

3.14 102

3.14 102

2.01 102

3.14 102

2.64 102

3.14 102

2.64 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

1.18 102

1.57 102

1.18 102

1.57 102

1.01 102

1.57 102

85.81.57 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

1.32 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

1.57 102

2.45 102

1.89 102

2.45 102

2.06 102

2.45 102

2.45 102

4.91 102

4.91 102

2.45 102

2.45 102

4.91 102

4.12 102

4.91 102

4.12 102

2.45 102

2.45 102

2.45 102

1.89 102

2.45 102

1.89 102

4.91 102

3.37 102

3.37 102

3.37 102

2.71 102

2.71 102

1.21 102

1.21 102

2.41 102

2.41 102

1.21 102

1.21 102

2.41 102

1.47 102

1.47 102

1.47 102

1.21 102

90.51.30 102

1.30 102

1.30 102

1.30 102

2.41 102

2.07 102

2.41 102

2.07 102

1.21 102

1.21 102

1.21 102

90.51.30 102

1.30 102

1.88 102

1.41 102

1.88 102

1.41 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.88 102

1.88 102

3.77 102

3.77 102

3.77 102

2.41 102

3.77 102

3.17 102

3.77 102

3.17 102

1.88 102

1.88 102

1.88 102

1.41 102

1.88 102

1.41 102

1.88 102

1.21 102

1.88 102

1.06 102

1.89 102

1.89 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.89 102

1.89 102

1.89 102

1.89 102

2.95 102

2.27 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

2.95 102

2.95 102

5.89 102

5.89 102

2.95 102

2.95 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

2.95 102

2.95 102

2.95 102

2.27 102

2.95 102

2.27 102

5.89 102

4.04 102

4.04 102

4.04 102

3.25 102

3.25 102

1.41 102

1.41 102

2.81 102

2.81 102

1.41 102

1.41 102

2.81 102

1.72 102

1.72 102

1.72 102

1.41 102

1.06 102

1.51 102

1.51 102

1.51 102

1.51 102

2.81 102

2.42 102

2.81 102

2.42 102

1.41 102

1.41 102

1.41 102

1.06 102

1.51 102

1.51 102

2.20 102

1.65 102

2.20 102

1.65 102

2.20 102

1.85 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

4.40 102

4.40 102

4.40 102

2.81 102

4.40 102

3.69 102

4.40 102

3.69 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

1.65 102

2.20 102

1.65 102

2.20 102

1.41 102

2.20 102

1.26 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

1.85 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

2.20 102

3.44 102

2.64 102

3.44 102

2.89 102

3.44 102

3.44 102

6.87 102

6.87 102

3.44 102

3.44 102

6.87 102

5.77 102

6.87 102

5.77 102

3.44 102

3.44 102

3.44 102

2.64 102

3.44 102

2.64 102

6.87 102

4.72 102

4.72 102

4.72 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

--------

1.96 102

1.96 102

1.61 102

1.21 102

----------

1.61 102

1.21 102

--

2.51 102

1.88 102

----------------

2.51 102

1.88 102

2.51 102

1.88 102

2.51 102

1.61 102

2.51 102

1.46 102

--

2.51 102

2.11 102

----

3.93 102

3.02 102

--------------

3.93 102

3.02 102

3.93 102

3.02 102

--

5.39 102

5.39 102

--

--------

2.21 102

2.21 102

1.81 102

1.36 102

----------

1.81 102

1.36 102

--

2.83 102

2.12 102

----------------

2.83 102

2.12 102

2.83 102

2.12 102

2.83 102

1.81 102

2.83 102

1.66 102

--

2.83 102

2.38 102

----

4.42 102

3.40 102

--------------

4.42 102

3.40 102

4.42 102

3.40 102

--

6.06 102

6.06 102

--

--------

2.45 102

2.45 102

2.01 102

1.51 102

----------

2.01 102

1.51 102

--

3.14 102

2.36 102

----------------

3.14 102

2.36 102

3.14 102

2.36 102

3.14 102

2.01 102

3.14 102

1.86 102

--

3.14 102

2.64 102

----

4.91 102

3.78 102

--------------

4.91 102

3.78 102

4.91 102

3.78 102

--

6.74 102

6.74 102

--

PushPull

MRL2/MRL2-G

MRL2-W

MRG2

STR2

UCA2

SSD

SRL2

SRT

LCS

LCG

LCT

STS/STL

SRG

CMA2/JSM2

SMD2/LCY

MRL2/MRL2-G

MRL2-W

STR2

LCS

LCG

LCT

STG

STS/STL

STK/STK-M

STK-Y1/STK-MY1

SRG

SCM

SRL2

SRT

SMD2/LCY

MRL2/MRL2-G

MRL2-W

MRG2

LCS

LCG

LCT

STG

STS/STL

STR2

UCA2

SRG

16

20

25

PushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPull

CMK2/ULK/JSK2HCA/HCM/SSD

CMK2/ULK/JSK2HCA/HCM/SSD

Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Page 57: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 64

Ending

Series Operatingdirection

Bore size (mm)Working pressure MPa

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

(Unit: N)

1.08 102

1.08 102

98.282.5

1.08 102

1.08 102

1.08 102

1.08 102

98.575.9

1.41 102

1.19 102

1.41 102

1.19 102

1.61 102

1.38 102

1.61 102

1.21 102

1.61 102

1.38 102

1.61 102

1.38 102

1.61 102

1.61 102

3.22 102

3.22 102

2.41 102

2.41 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

1.55 102

1.15 102

1.61 102

1.21 102

1.61 102

1.21 102

1.61 102

98.01.61 102

66.61.63 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

3.22 102

2.41 102

2.51 102

2.11 102

2.51 102

2.11 102

2.51 102

2.21 102

2.51 102

2.21 102

2.53 102

2.53 102

2.58 102

2.18 102

2.51 102

2.11 102

2.51 102

2.11 102

2.51 102

1.53 102

2.51 102

1.09 102

2.51 102

2.21 102

2.53 102

2.53 102

2.53 102

2.53 102

2.51 102

1.88 102

2.51 102

1.53 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.98 102

3.98 102

3.86 102

3.24 102

0.1--

49.141.254.254.2

--

49.337.970.759.4

--

80.469.180.460.380.469.180.469.1

----

1.21 102

1.21 102

81.481.477.657.580.460.380.460.380.449.080.417.6

----

1.61 102

1.21 102

1.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

1.10 102

1.26 102

1.10 102

1.27 102

1.27 102

1.29 102

1.09 102

1.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

1.06 102

1.26 102

76.61.26 102

32.2------

1.26 102

94.2--

1.96 102

1.65 102

1.96 102

1.65 102

--

1.99 102

1.99 102

1.93 102

1.62 102

0.15--

73.661.981.481.4

--

73.956.9

1.06 102

89.1--

1.21 102

1.04 102

1.21 102

90.51.21 102

1.04 102

1.21 102

1.04 102

----

1.81 102

1.81 102

1.22 102

1.22 102

1.16 102

86.31.21 102

90.51.21 102

90.51.21 102

73.51.21 102

42.1----

2.41 102

1.81 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.88 102

1.65 102

1.88 102

1.65 102

1.90 102

1.90 102

1.94 102

1.63 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.88 102

1.58 102

1.88 102

1.15 102

1.88 102

70.5------

1.88 102

1.41 102

--

2.95 102

2.47 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

--

2.98 102

2.98 102

2.90 102

2.43 102

0.05--------------

40.234.6

------------------------------

62.852.8

----------------------------

98.282.5

--------

1.63 102

1.63 102

1.47 102

1.24 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

1.63 102

1.48 102

1.14 102

2.12 102

1.78 102

2.12 102

1.78 102

2.41 102

2.07 102

2.41 102

1.81 102

2.41 102

2.07 102

2.41 102

2.07 102

2.41 102

2.41 102

4.83 102

4.83 102

3.62 102

3.62 102

2.44 102

2.44 102

2.33 102

1.73 102

2.41 102

1.81 102

2.41 102

1.81 102

2.41 102

1.47 102

2.41 102

1.16 102

2.44 102

2.44 102

2.44 102

2.44 102

4.83 102

3.62 102

3.77 102

3.17 102

3.77 102

3.17 102

3.77 102

3.31 102

3.77 102

3.31 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.87 102

3.27 102

3.77 102

3.17 102

3.77 102

3.17 102

3.77 102

2.30 102

3.77 102

1.85 102

3.77 102

3.31 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.77 102

2.83 102

3.77 102

2.30 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.96 102

5.96 102

5.80 102

4.85 102

2.17 102

2.17 102

1.96 102

1.65 102

2.17 102

2.17 102

2.17 102

2.17 102

1.97 102

1.52 102

2.83 102

2.38 102

2.83 102

2.38 102

3.22 102

2.76 102

3.22 102

2.41 102

3.22 102

2.76 102

3.22 102

2.76 102

3.22 102

3.22 102

6.43 102

6.43 102

4.83 102

4.83 102

3.26 102

3.26 102

3.10 102

2.30 102

3.22 102

2.41 102

3.22 102

2.41 102

3.22 102

1.96 102

3.22 102

1.65 102

3.26 102

3.26 102

3.26 102

3.26 102

6.43 102

4.83 102

5.03 102

4.22 102

5.03 102

4.22 102

5.03 102

4.41 102

5.03 102

4.41 102

5.06 102

5.06 102

5.16 102

4.36 102

5.03 102

4.22 102

5.03 102

4.22 102

5.03 102

3.06 102

5.03 102

2.62 102

5.03 102

4.41 102

5.06 102

5.06 102

5.06 102

5.06 102

5.03 102

3.77 102

5.03 102

3.06 102

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.95 102

7.95 102

7.73 102

6.47 102

2.71 102

2.71 102

2.45 102

2.06 102

2.71 102

2.71 102

2.71 102

2.71 102

2.46 102

1.90 102

3.53 102

2.97 102

3.53 102

2.97 102

4.02 102

3.46 102

4.02 102

3.02 102

4.02 102

3.46 102

4.02 102

3.46 102

4.02 102

4.02 102

8.04 102

8.04 102

6.03 102

6.03 102

4.07 102

4.07 102

3.88 102

2.88 102

4.02 102

3.02 102

4.02 102

3.02 102

4.02 102

2.45 102

4.02 102

2.14 102

4.07 102

4.07 102

4.07 102

4.07 102

8.04 102

6.03 102

6.28 102

5.28 102

6.28 102

5.28 102

6.28 102

5.51 102

6.28 102

5.51 102

6.33 102

6.33 102

6.45 102

5.45 102

6.28 102

5.28 102

6.28 102

5.28 102

6.28 102

3.83 102

6.28 102

3.38 102

6.28 102

5.51 102

6.33 102

6.33 102

6.33 102

6.33 102

6.28 102

4.71 102

6.28 102

3.83 102

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.94 102

9.94 102

9.66 102

8.09 102

3.25 102

3.25 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

3.25 102

3.25 102

3.25 102

3.25 102

2.96 102

2.28 102

4.24 102

3.56 102

4.24 102

3.56 102

4.83 102

4.15 102

4.83 102

3.62 102

4.83 102

4.15 102

4.83 102

4.15 102

4.83 102

4.83 102

9.65 102

9.65 102

7.24 102

7.24 102

4.88 102

4.88 102

4.66 102

3.45 102

4.83 102

3.62 102

4.83 102

3.62 102

4.83 102

2.94 102

4.83 102

2.63 102

4.88 102

4.88 102

4.88 102

4.88 102

9.65 102

7.24 102

7.54 102

6.33 102

7.54 102

6.33 102

7.54 102

6.62 102

7.54 102

6.62 102

7.60 102

7.60 102

7.75 102

6.54 102

7.54 102

6.33 102

7.54 102

6.33 102

7.54 102

4.59 102

7.54 102

4.15 102

7.54 102

6.62 102

7.60 102

7.60 102

7.60 102

7.60 102

7.54 102

5.65 102

7.54 102

4.59 102

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.19 103

1.19 103

1.16 103

9.71 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.44 102

2.89 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.80 102

3.45 102

2.66 102

4.95 102

4.16 102

4.95 102

4.16 102

5.63 102

4.84 102

5.63 102

4.22 102

5.63 102

4.84 102

5.63 102

4.84 102

5.63 102

5.63 102

1.13 103

1.13 103

8.44 102

8.44 102

5.70 102

5.70 102

5.43 102

4.03 102

5.63 102

4.22 102

5.63 102

4.22 102

5.63 102

3.43 102

5.63 102

3.12 102

5.70 102

5.70 102

5.70 102

5.70 102

1.13 103

8.44 102

8.80 102

7.39 102

8.80 102

7.39 102

8.80 102

7.72 102

8.80 102

7.72 102

8.86 102

8.86 102

9.04 102

7.63 102

8.80 102

7.39 102

8.80 102

7.39 102

8.80 102

5.36 102

8.80 102

4.92 102

8.80 102

7.72 102

8.86 102

8.86 102

8.86 102

8.86 102

8.80 102

6.60 102

8.80 102

5.36 102

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.39 103

1.39 103

1.35 103

1.13 103

--

3.93 102

3.30 102

--------

5.65 102

4.75 102

6.43 102

5.53 102

6.43 102

4.83 102

6.43 102

5.53 102

------

9.65 102

9.65 102

----

6.43 102

4.83 102

6.43 102

4.83 102

6.43 102

3.92 102

6.43 102

3.61 102

------

1.01 103

8.44 102

1.01 103

8.44 102

1.01 103

8.82 102

------

1.01 103

8.44 102

1.01 103

8.44 102

1.01 103

6.13 102

1.01 103

5.68 102

1.01 103

8.82 102

----

1.01 103

7.54 102

1.01 103

6.13 102

1.57 103

1.32 103

1.57 103

1.32 103

------

--

4.42 102

3.71 102

--------

6.36 102

5.34 102

7.24 102

6.22 102

7.24 102

5.43 102

7.24 102

6.22 102

------

1.09 103

1.09 103

----

7.24 102

5.43 102

7.24 102

5.43 102

7.24 102

4.41 102

7.24 102

4.10 102

------

1.13 103

9.50 102

1.13 103

9.50 102

1.13 103

9.92 102

------

1.13 103

9.50 102

1.13 103

9.50 102

1.13 103

6.89 102

1.13 103

6.45 102

1.13 103

9.92 102

----

1.13 103

8.48 102

1.13 103

6.89 102

1.77 103

1.48 103

1.77 103

1.48 103

------

--

4.91 102

4.12 102

--------

7.07 102

5.94 102

8.04 102

6.91 102

8.04 102

6.03 102

8.04 102

6.91 102

------

1.21 103

1.21 103

----

8.04 102

6.03 102

8.04 102

6.03 102

8.04 102

4.90 102

8.04 102

4.59 102

------

1.26 103

1.06 103

1.26 103

1.06 103

1.26 103

1.10 103

------

1.26 103

1.06 103

1.26 103

1.06 103

1.26 103

7.66 102

1.26 103

7.21 102

1.26 103

1.10 103

----

1.26 103

9.42 102

1.26 103

7.66 102

1.96 103

1.65 103

1.96 103

1.65 103

------

PushPull

SRM

SCM

SRL2

SRT

FCD

CMA2/JSM2

MFC-BS

SCG

SSD

SMD2

MRL2/MRL2-G

MRL2-W

UCA2

SRL2

FCD

STG

STS/STL

STK/STK-M

STK-Y1/STK-MY1

SRM

SRT

STR2

SCG/JSG

CMA2/JSM2

SRL2

FCD

STG

STS/STL

STK/STK-M

STK-Y1/STK-MY1

MFC-BS

SRM

SRT

CAC3/UCAC

GLC

SCG/JSG

CAV2/COV2

SRL2

FCD

CMK2/ULK/JSK2HCA/HCM/SCM

CMK2/ULKCKV2/JSK2

SCA2/JSC3/HCAHCM/SCM/SSD/USC

SCA2/JSC3/HCAHCM/SCM/SSD/USC

PushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPull

32

30

25

40

50

3

Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Page 58: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 65

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

Technical data 4Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Bore size (mm) Series Operatingdirection

Working pressure MPa0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

(Unit: N)

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.93 102

2.51 102

3.93 102

1.67 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.98 102

3.98 102

3.93 102

3.30 102

3.93 102

2.00 102

6.23 102

5.61 102

6.23 102

5.61 102

6.27 102

6.27 102

6.36 102

5.73 102

6.23 102

5.61 102

6.23 102

5.61 102

6.23 102

5.61 102

6.27 102

6.27 102

6.27 102

6.27 102

6.23 102

5.61 102

6.23 102

3.72 102

8.84 102

7.85 102

1.01 103

9.07 102

1.01 103

9.07 102

1.01 103

1.01 103

1.01 103

9.07 102

1.01 103

9.07 102

1.01 103

9.07 102

1.01 103

9.07 102

1.01 103

6.13 102

1.57 103

1.47 103

1.57 103

1.43 103

1.57 103

1.43 103

1.58 103

1.58 103

1.57 103

1.43 103

1.57 103

1.01 103

2.45 103

2.26 103

3.08 103

2.89 103

4.02 103

3.77 103

5.09 103

4.77 103

6.28 103

5.89 103

9.82 103

9.25 103

0.11.96 102

1.65 102

1.96 102

1.65 102

1.96 102

1.26 102

1.96 102

40.9--

1.99 102

1.99 102

1.96 102

1.65 102

--

3.12 102

2.80 102

3.12 102

2.80 102

3.14 102

3.14 102

3.18 102

2.86 102

3.12 102

2.80 102

3.12 102

2.80 102

--

3.14 102

3.14 102

3.14 102

3.14 102

3.12 102

2.80 102

----

5.03 102

4.54 102

5.03 102

4.54 102

5.06 102

5.06 102

5.03 102

4.54 102

5.03 102

4.54 102

--

5.03 102

4.54 102

----

7.85 102

7.15 102

7.85 102

7.15 102

7.91 102

7.91 102

7.85 102

7.15 102

--

1.23 103

1.13 103

1.54 103

1.44 103

2.01 103

1.88 103

2.54 103

2.39 103

3.14 103

2.95 103

4.91 103

4.63 103

0.152.95 102

2.47 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

2.95 102

1.88 102

2.95 102

1.04 102

--

2.98 102

2.98 102

2.95 102

2.47 102

--

4.68 102

4.20 102

4.68 102

4.20 102

4.70 102

4.70 102

4.77 102

4.30 102

4.68 102

4.20 102

4.68 102

4.20 102

--

4.70 102

4.70 102

4.70 102

4.70 102

4.68 102

4.20 102

----

7.54 102

6.80 102

7.54 102

6.80 102

7.60 102

7.60 102

7.54 102

6.80 102

7.54 102

6.80 102

--

7.54 102

6.80 102

----

1.18 103

1.07 103

1.18 103

1.07 103

1.19 103

1.19 103

1.18 103

1.07 103

--

1.84 103

1.70 103

2.31 103

2.16 103

3.02 103

2.83 103

3.82 103

3.58 103

4.71 103

4.42 103

7.36 103

6.94 103

0.05----------------

1.56 102

1.40 102

----------------------

2.51 102

2.27 102

----------------

3.93 102

3.57 102

--------------------

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.89 102

3.77 102

5.89 102

2.92 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.96 102

5.96 102

5.89 102

4.95 102

5.89 102

3.00 102

9.35 102

8.41 102

9.35 102

8.41 102

9.41 102

9.41 102

9.53 102

8.59 102

9.35 102

8.41 102

9.35 102

8.41 102

9.35 102

8.41 102

9.41 102

9.41 102

9.41 102

9.41 102

9.35 102

8.41 102

9.35 102

5.58 102

1.33 103

1.18 103

1.51 103

1.36 103

1.51 103

1.36 103

1.52 103

1.52 103

1.51 103

1.36 103

1.51 103

1.36 103

1.51 103

1.36 103

1.51 103

1.36 103

1.51 103

9.19 102

2.36 103

2.21 103

2.36 103

2.14 103

2.36 103

2.14 103

2.37 103

2.37 103

2.36 103

2.14 103

2.36 103

1.51 103

3.68 103

3.39 103

4.62 103

4.33 103

6.03 103

5.65 103

7.63 103

7.16 103

9.42 103

8.84 103

1.47 104

1.39 104

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.85 102

5.03 102

7.85 102

4.18 102

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.95 102

7.95 102

7.85 102

6.60 102

7.85 102

4.01 102

1.25 103

1.12 103

1.25 103

1.12 103

1.25 103

1.25 103

1.27 103

1.15 103

1.25 103

1.12 103

1.25 103

1.12 103

1.25 103

1.12 103

1.25 103

1.25 103

1.25 103

1.25 103

1.25 103

1.12 103

1.25 103

7.44 102

1.77 103

1.57 103

2.01 103

1.81 103

2.01 103

1.81 103

2.03 103

2.03 103

2.01 103

1.81 103

2.01 103

1.81 103

2.01 103

1.81 103

2.01 103

1.81 103

2.01 103

1.23 103

3.14 103

2.95 103

3.14 103

2.86 103

3.14 103

2.86 103

3.16 103

3.16 103

3.14 103

2.86 103

3.14 103

2.01 103

4.91 103

4.52 103

6.16 103

5.77 103

8.04 103

7.54 103

1.02 104

9.54 103

1.26 104

1.18 104

1.96 104

1.85 104

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.82 102

6.28 102

9.82 102

5.44 102

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.94 102

9.94 102

9.82 102

8.25 102

9.82 102

5.01 102

1.56 103

1.40 103

1.56 103

1.40 103

1.57 103

1.57 103

1.59 103

1.43 103

1.56 103

1.40 103

1.56 103

1.40 103

1.56 103

1.40 103

1.57 103

1.57 103

1.57 103

1.57 103

1.56 103

1.40 103

1.56 103

9.30 102

2.21 103

1.96 103

2.51 103

2.27 103

2.51 103

2.27 103

2.53 103

2.53 103

2.51 103

2.27 103

2.51 103

2.27 103

2.51 103

2.27 103

2.51 103

2.27 103

2.51 103

1.53 103

3.93 103

3.68 103

3.93 103

3.57 103

3.93 103

3.57 103

3.95 103

3.95 103

3.93 103

3.57 103

3.93 103

2.51 103

6.14 103

5.65 103

7.70 103

7.22 103

1.01 104

9.42 103

1.27 104

1.19 104

1.57 104

1.47 104

2.45 104

2.31 104

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.18 103

7.54 102

1.18 103

6.69 102

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.19 103

1.19 103

1.18 103

9.90 102

1.18 103

6.01 102

1.87 103

1.68 103

1.87 103

1.68 103

1.88 103

1.88 103

1.91 103

1.72 103

1.87 103

1.68 103

1.87 103

1.68 103

1.87 103

1.68 103

1.88 103

1.88 103

1.88 103

1.88 103

1.87 103

1.68 103

1.87 103

1.12 103

2.65 103

2.36 103

3.02 103

2.72 103

3.02 103

2.72 103

3.04 103

3.04 103

3.02 103

2.72 103

3.02 103

2.72 103

3.02 103

2.72 103

3.02 103

2.72 103

3.02 103

1.84 103

4.71 103

4.42 103

4.71 103

4.29 103

4.71 103

4.29 103

4.74 103

4.74 103

4.71 103

4.29 103

4.71 103

3.02 103

7.36 103

6.79 103

9.24 103

8.66 103

1.21 104

1.13 104

1.53 104

1.43 104

1.88 104

1.77 104

2.95 104

2.78 104

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.37 103

8.80 102

1.37 103

7.95 102

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.39 103

1.39 103

1.37 103

1.15 103

1.37 103

7.01 102

2.18 103

1.96 103

2.18 103

1.96 103

2.20 103

2.20 103

2.22 103

2.00 103

2.18 103

1.96 103

2.18 103

1.96 103

2.18 103

1.96 103

2.20 103

2.20 103

2.20 103

2.20 103

2.18 103

1.96 103

2.18 103

1.30 103

3.09 103

2.75 103

3.52 103

3.17 103

3.52 103

3.17 103

3.54 103

3.54 103

3.52 103

3.17 103

3.52 103

3.17 103

3.52 103

3.17 103

3.52 103

3.17 103

3.52 103

2.14 103

5.50 103

5.15 103

5.50 103

5.00 103

5.50 103

5.00 103

5.53 103

5.53 103

5.50 103

5.00 103

5.50 103

3.52 103

8.59 103

7.92 103

1.08 104

1.01 104

1.41 104

1.32 104

1.78 104

1.67 104

2.20 104

2.06 104

3.44 104

3.24 104

1.57 103

1.32 103

1.57 103

1.32 103

1.57 103

1.01 103

1.57 103

9.21 102

1.57 103

1.32 103

--

1.57 103

1.32 103

1.57 103

8.01 102

2.49 103

2.24 103

2.49 103

2.24 103

----

2.49 103

2.24 103

2.49 103

2.24 103

2.49 103

2.24 103

----

2.49 103

2.24 103

2.49 103

1.49 103

--

4.02 103

3.63 103

4.02 103

3.63 103

--

4.02 103

3.63 103

4.02 103

3.63 103

4.02 103

3.63 103

4.02 103

3.63 103

4.02 103

2.45 103

--

6.28 103

5.72 103

6.28 103

5.72 103

--

6.28 103

5.72 103

6.28 103

4.02 103

9.82 103

9.05 103

1.23 104

1.15 104

1.61 104

1.51 104

2.04 104

1.91 104

2.51 104

2.36 104

3.93 104

3.70 104

1.77 103

1.48 103

1.77 103

1.48 103

1.77 103

1.13 103

1.77 103

1.05 103

1.77 103

1.48 103

--

1.77 103

1.48 103

1.77 103

9.01 102

2.81 103

2.52 103

2.81 103

2.52 103

----

2.81 103

2.52 103

2.81 103

2.52 103

2.81 103

2.52 103

----

2.81 103

2.52 103

2.81 103

1.67 103

--

4.52 103

4.08 103

4.52 103

4.08 103

--

4.52 103

4.08 103

4.52 103

4.08 103

4.52 103

4.08 103

4.52 103

4.08 103

4.52 103

2.76 103

--

7.07 103

6.43 103

7.07 103

6.43 103

--

7.07 103

6.43 103

7.07 103

4.52 103

1.10 104

1.02 104

1.39 104

1.30 104

1.81 104

1.70 104

2.29 104

2.15 104

2.83 104

2.65 104

4.42 104

4.16 104

1.96 103

1.65 103

1.96 103

1.65 103

1.96 103

1.26 103

1.96 103

1.17 103

1.96 103

1.65 103

--

1.96 103

1.65 103

1.96 103

1.00 103

3.12 103

2.80 103

3.12 103

2.80 103

----

3.12 103

2.80 103

3.12 103

2.80 103

3.12 103

2.80 103

----

3.12 103

2.80 103

3.12 103

1.86 103

--

5.03 103

4.54 103

5.03 103

4.54 103

--

5.03 103

4.54 103

5.03 103

4.54 103

5.03 103

4.54 103

5.03 103

4.54 103

5.03 103

3.06 103

--

7.85 103

7.15 103

7.85 103

7.15 103

--

7.85 103

7.15 103

7.85 103

5.03 103

1.23 104

1.13 104

1.54 104

1.44 104

2.01 104

1.88 104

2.54 104

2.39 104

3.14 104

2.95 104

4.91 104

4.63 104

PushPull

PushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPullPushPull

STG

STS/STL

STK/STK-M

STK-Y1/STK-MY1

MFC-BS

SRT

CAC3/UCAC

GLC

SCG/JSG

SRL2

FCD

STG

STS/STL

MFC-BS

SRM

SRT

CAC3/UCAC

GLC

CAV2/COV2

SCG/JSG

SRL2

STG

STS/STL

MFC-BS

CAC3

GLC

CAV2/COV2

SCG/JSG

SRL2

STS/STL

GLC

SCS/JSC3

SCS

SCS

63

50

80

100

75

125

140

160

180

200

250

SCA2/JSC3/HCAHCM/SCM/SSD/USC

SCA2/JSC3/HCASCM/SSD/USC

SCA2/JSC3/HCASCM/SSD/USC

SCS/JSC3SSDSCS/JSC3SSDSCS/JSC3SSD

Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Page 59: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 66

Ending

Bore size(mm)

Operating directionPiston

positionWorking pressure MPa

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

40

50

63

80

100

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

2.51 102

5.2 102

1.28 102

3.97 102

3.92 102

8.55 102

2.31 102

6.94 102

6.23 102

1.26 103

3.72 102

1.04 103

1.01 103

1.88 103

6.12 102

1.49 103

1.57 103

2.91 103

1.01 103

2.34 103

3.76 102

7.8 102

1.92 102

5.96 102

5.88 102

1.28 103

3.47 102

1.04 103

9.35 102

1.88 103

5.58 102

1.51 103

1.51 103

2.82 103

9.18 102

2.24 103

2.36 103

4.36 103

1.51 103

3.51 103

5.02 102

1.04 103

2.56 102

7.95 102

7.85 102

1.71 103

4.63 102

1.39 103

1.25 103

2.51 103

7.44 102

2.01 103

2.01 103

3.77 103

1.23 103

2.98 103

3.14 103

5.81 103

2.01 103

4.68 103

6.28 102

1.30 103

3.20 102

9.94 102

9.81 102

2.14 103

5.79 102

1.74 103

1.56 103

3.14 103

9.30 102

2.51 103

2.51 103

4.71 103

1.53 103

3.73 103

3.93 103

7.26 103

2.51 103

5.85 103

7.53 102

1.56 103

3.84 102

1.19 103

1.18 103

2.57 103

6.95 102

2.08 103

1.87 103

3.77 103

1.12 103

3.01 103

3.02 103

5.65 103

1.84 103

4.47 103

4.71 103

8.72 103

3.02 103

7.02 103

8.79 102

1.82 103

4.48 102

1.39 103

1.37 103

2.99 103

8.11 102

2.43 103

2.18 103

4.39 103

1.30 103

3.52 103

3.52 103

6.59 103

2.14 103

5.22 103

5.5 103

1.02 104

3.52 103

8.19 103

1.0 103

2.08 103

5.12 102

1.59 103

1.57 103

3.42 103

9.27 102

2.78 103

2.49 103

5.02 103

1.49 103

4.02 103

4.02 103

7.53 103

2.45 103

5.96 103

6.28 103

1.16 104

4.02 103

9.36 103

1.13 103

2.34 103

5.76 102

1.79 103

1.77 103

3.85 103

1.04 103

3.12 103

2.81 103

5.65 103

1.67 103

4.52 103

4.52 103

8.47 103

2.76 103

6.71 103

7.07 103

1.31 104

4.52 103

1.05 104

--------------------

(Unit: N)Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

High power cylinder

SHC

SHC-K

PushPull

Bore size(mm)

Operating directionPiston

positionWorking pressure MPa

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

Push

Pull

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

ThrustBooster section

2.51 102

1.13 103

1.28 102

1.01 103

3.92 102

1.80 103

2.31 102

1.64 103

6.23 102

2.83 103

3.72 102

2.58 103

1.01 103

4.63 103

6.12 102

4.24 103

1.57 103

7.29 103

1.01 103

6.72 103

3.76 102

1.70 103

1.92 102

1.52 103

5.88 102

2.70 103

3.47 102

2.46 103

9.35 102

4.24 103

5.58 102

3.86 103

1.51 103

6.95 103

9.18 102

6.36 103

2.36 103

1.09 104

1.51 103

1.01 104

5.02 102

2.27 103

2.56 102

2.02 103

7.85 102

3.60 103

4.63 102

3.28 103

1.25 103

5.65 103

7.44 102

5.15 103

2.01 103

9.27 103

1.23 103

8.48 103

3.14 103

1.46 104

2.01 103

1.34 104

6.28 102

2.83 103

3.20 102

2.53 103

9.81 102

4.51 103

5.79 102

4.10 103

1.56 103

7.07 103

9.30 102

6.44 103

2.51 103

1.16 104

1.53 103

1.06 104

3.93 103

1.82 104

2.51 103

1.68 104

7.53 102

3.40 103

3.84 102

3.03 103

1.18 103

5.41 103

6.95 102

4.92 103

1.87 103

8.48 103

1.12 103

7.73 103

3.02 103

1.39 104

1.84 103

1.27 104

4.71 103

2.19 104

3.02 103

2.02 104

8.79 102

3.97 103

4.48 102

3.54 103

1.37 103

6.31 103

8.11 102

5.75 103

2.18 103

9.89 103

1.30 103

9.01 103

3.52 103

1.62 104

2.14 103

1.48 104

5.50 103

2.55 104

3.52 103

2.35 104

1.0 103

4.53 103

5.12 102

4.04 103

1.57 103

7.21 103

9.27 102

6.57 103

2.49 103

1.13 104

1.49 103

1.03 104

4.02 103

1.85 104

2.45 103

1.70 104

6.28 103

2.91 104

4.02 103

2.69 104

1.13 103

5.10 103

5.76 102

4.55 103

1.77 103

8.11 103

1.04 103

7.39 103

2.81 103

1.27 104

1.67 103

1.16 104

4.52 103

2.09 104

2.76 103

1.91 104

7.07 103

3.28 104

4.52 103

3.02 104

--------------------

(Unit: N)Theoretical thrust table (double acting)PushPull

40

50

63

80

100

Note: When the booster section is pulled (return), due to product structure, theoretical thrust is reduced by approximate 70%.

Note: When the booster section is pulled (return), due to product structure, theoretical thrust is reduced by approximate 70%.

5

Theoretical thrust table (double acting)

Page 60: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 67

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

40 50

1.78 102

2.46 102

1.71 102

2.48 102

2.84 102

4.11 102

2.76 102

4.13 102

3.89 102

5.75 102

3.82 102

5.77 102

4.95 102

7.40 102

4.88 102

7.42 102

6.00 102

9.05 102

5.93 102

9.07 102

7.06 102

1.07 103

6.99 102

1.07 103

8.11 102

1.24 103

8.04 102

1.24 103

9.17 102

1.40 103

9.10 102

1.40 103

1.02 103

1.57 103

1.02 103

1.57 103SSD-Y

Stroke length mm10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20

Bore size (mm) Applicable model0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Working pressure MPa

Push

Bore size (mm) Applicable modelWorking pressure MPa

Pull

2.5 4 6 10 16 6 8 6 10 16 20 25 32 25 32 40 50 63 12 16 20 25 32 40 50

6 10 16 6 8 6 10 16 20 25 32 25 32 40 50 63 20 32 40 50

12 16 20 25 32

SCPS

SCPS2

MSD-X

SMD2-X

FCS

SSD-X

---

9.34 28.7

---

8.46 24.9 47.0 60.2

1.21 102

--

2.11 102

3.11 102

5.16 102

8.9 25.1 38.8 74.7

1.32 102

2.13 102

3.45 102

-6.82 24.8

---

5.94 19.3 37.0 44.5 98.7

--

1.70 102

2.49 102

4.53 102

-66.6

1.09 102

1.67 102

-13.4 42.9

-2.33 2.34 12.5 36.5 63.4 85.7

1.68 102

78.5 1.25 102

2.79 102

4.10 102

7.39 102

45.6 1.16 102

1.85 102

2.92 102

3.78 20.0 61.1 1.38 5.39 4.46 19.1 53.8 89.8

1.27 102

2.37 102

1.16 102

1.83 102

3.88 102

5.72 102

1.03 103

65.7 1.65 102

2.62 102

4.18 102

5.90 26.6 79.2 2.95 8.46 6.58 25.7 71.1

1.16 102

1.68 102

3.06 102

1.54 102

2.40 102

4.97 102

7.34 102

1.31 103

85.8 2.14 102

3.38 102

5.44 102

8.02 33.2 97.4 4.52 11.5 8.70 32.3 88.4

1.43 102

2.09 102

3.75 102

1.92 102

2.98 102

6.06 102

8.96 102

1.60 103

1.06 102

2.63 102

4.15 102

6.69 102

10.1 39.8

1.15 102

6.10 14.6 10.8 38.9

1.06 102

1.69 102

2.51 102

4.44 102

2.30 102

3.55 102

7.15 102

1.06 103

1.88 103

1.26 102

3.12 102

4.92 102

7.95 102

12.3 46.4

1.34 102

7.67 17.6

-----------

1.46 102

3.61 102

5.68 102

9.21 102

14.4 53.0

1.52 102

9.24 20.7

-----------

1.66 102

4.10 102

6.45 102

1.05 103

16.5 59.6

1.70 102

10.8 23.8

-----------

1.86 102

4.59 102

7.21 102

1.17 103

--

3.78 17.2 48.8 3.58 8.22 4.46 16.3 45.0 78.4

1.09 102

2.02 102

1.12 102

1.85 102

3.40 102

5.05 102

8.34 102

20.2 45.2 70.2

1.24 102

2.13 102

3.39 102

5.41 102

0.793 2.19 6.61 25.0 68.9 6.41 13.2 7.29 24.2 65.1

1.10 102

1.58 102

2.82 102

1.62 102

2.63 102

4.69 102

6.98 102

1.15 103

31.5 65.3

1.02 102

1.73 102

2.93 102

4.64 102

7.37 102

1.28 3.44 9.44 32.9 89.0 9.24 18.3 10.1 32.0 85.2

1.41 102

2.07 102

3.63 102

2.11 102

3.41 102

5.98 102

8.91 102

1.47 103

42.8 85.4

1.33 102

2.22 102

3.74 102

5.90 102

9.34 102

1.78 4.70 12.3 40.8

1.09 102

12.1 23.3 12.9 39.9

1.05 102

1.73 102

2.57 102

4.43 102

2.60 102

4.18 102

7.27 102

1.08 103

1.79 103

54.2 1.06 102

1.64 102

2.71 102

4.54 102

7.16 102

1.13 103

2.27 5.96 15.1 48.6

1.29 102

14.9 28.3 15.8 47.7

1.25 102

2.04 102

3.06 102

5.23 102

3.09 102

4.96 102

8.56 102

1.28 103

2.10 103

65.5 1.26 102

1.96 102

3.20 102

5.34 102

8.41 102

1.33 103

2.76 7.21 17.9 56.5

1.49 102

17.7 33.4

-----------

76.8 1.46 102

2.27 102

3.69 102

6.15 102

9.67 102

1.52 103

3.25 8.47 20.7 64.3

1.69 102

20.5 38.4

-----------

88.1 1.66 102

2.59 102

4.18 102

6.95 102

1.09 103

1.72 103

3.74 9.73 23.6 72.2

1.90 102

23.4 43.4

-----------

99.4 1.86 102

2.90 102

4.67 102

7.76 102

1.22 103

1.92 103

5.9617.016.749.193.6

5.6617.016.849.193.2

14.432.040.386.8

1.54 102

14.132.040.486.8

1.54 102

22.947.163.8

1.25 102

2.14 102

22.647.163.9

1.25 102

2.14 102

31.462.287.4

1.62 102

2.75 102

31.162.287.5

1.62 102

2.74 102

39.977.3

1.11 102

2.00 102

3.35 102

39.677.3

1.11 102

2.00 102

3.35 102

48.492.4

1.35 102

2.38 102

3.95 102

48.192.4

1.35 102

2.38 102

3.95 102

56.91.07 102

1.58 102

2.76 102

4.56 102

56.61.07 102

1.58 102

2.76 102

4.55 102

65.31.23 102

1.82 102

3.13 102

5.16 102

65.01.23 102

1.82 102

3.13 102

5.15 102

73.81.38 102

2.05 102

3.51 102

5.76 102

73.51.38 102

2.05 102

3.51 102

5.76 102

SCPH2

MSD-Y

SMD2-Y

FCH

SSD-Y

STK-Y/STK-MY

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Stroke length mm5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10 5 10

Theoretical thrust table (single acting retract type) thrust at retracted

(Unit: N)

(Unit: N)

Theoretical thrust table (single acting extend type) thrust at extended

Technical data 6Theoretical thrust table (single acting)

Page 61: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 68

Ending

7

Cylinder bore size selection nomogram

This nomogram is made according to the following formula.

F1 = D2/P4

F1: Theoretical output (N)

F2: Recommended output (when efficient 50%) (N)

D: Cylinder bore size (mm)

P: Control pressure (MPa)

(E.g.) When operating a 40mm bore cylinder with 0.4MPa air pressure, theoretical output is:

(Answer) Connect D and P to find the point on F, this leads the theoretical output F 500N.

When 10 to 100 mm bore, and rod extend direction

100

80

50

40

30

20

15

10

63

D (mm)

Cylinder bore size

F1 (N)

Theoretical output

F2 (N)

Recommended output

P (MPa)

Working pressure

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.05

1

3 2

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

500

50

40

30

20

10

400

300

200

100

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

250

25

20

15

10

5

200

150

100

50

SC

A2

SC

PD

CM

A2/

CM

K2

Model

Page 62: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 69

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

Technical data 8Cylinder bore size selection nomogram

This nomogram is made according to the following formula.

F1 = D2/P4

F1: Theoretical output (N)

F2: Recommended output (when efficient 50%) (N)

D: Cylinder bore size (mm)

P: Control pressure (MPa)

(E.g.) When operating a 250mm bore cylinder with 0.4MPa air pressure, theoretical output is:

(Answer) Connect D and P to find the point on F, this leads the theoretical output F 19000N.

When 100 to 250 mm bore, and rod extend direction

D (mm)

Cylinder bore size

F1 (N)

Theoretical output

F2 (N)

Recommended output

P (MPa)

Working pressure

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

1

3

2

50000

100000

40000

30000

20000

10000

5000

500

4000

3000

2000

1000

25000

50000

20000

15000

10000

5000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

SC

S

Model250

200

100

180

160

140

125

Cylinder bore size selection nomogram

Page 63: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 70

Ending

9

Required flow rate of cylinder during operation (within bore size 100mm)

Q = / D2 / 10-6 60

1. Required flow formula of cylinder during operation

4Lt

P + 0.10130.1013

Q: Flow ( /min) (ANR)

D: Cylinder bore size (mm)

L : Stroke (mm)

t : Moving time of stroke (s)

P : Working pressure (MPa)

(Example 1 above fig.) When operating a 40mm bore cylinder with 0.5MPa air pressure,

and 0.9s per 100 mm stroke, required flow is:

(Answer) Find the point on relation line according to D and (P + 0.1013), then

obtain Q' = 50 ( /min) according to the point on relation line and t.

The required flow rate means the instantaneous flow rate

that flows during cylinder operation.

This is different from air consumption of cylinder. Do not

confuse them.

Q: Required flow /min. per stroke length 100mm

(Example 2 right fig.) When operating a 250mm bore cylinder with 0.4MPa air pressure,

and 1s per 100 mm stroke, required flow is:

(Answer) Find the point on relation line according to D and (P + 0.1013), then

obtain Q' = 1450 ( /min) according to the point on relation line and t.

100

80

Rel

atio

n lin

e

63

50

40

30

1

2

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

20

4000

3000

2000

1000

600

D (mm) Q' ( /min) t (s) (P + 0.1013) (MPa)

500

400

300

200

100

50

40

30

20

10

4

3

2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

1

3

5

4

Page 64: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 71

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

Technical data 10Required flow rate of cylinder during operation

Required flow rate of cylinder during operation (bore size 100 to 250mm)

Q1 = / D2 L 10-6 ( ) 4P + 0.1013

0.1013

Q2 = · (D2 - d2) L 10-6 ( )4P + 0.1013

0.1013

Q3 = / d32 L3 10-6 ( )4

P0.1013

QT = (Q1 + Q2 + (2 x Q3)) n (for double acting cylinder)

QT : Air consumption during one reciprocation ( /min) (ANR)

n : Operational cycle of cylinder for one minute (time/min)

Q1 : Air consumption when extended ( ) (ANR)

Q2 : Air consumption when retracted ( ) (ANR)

Q3 : Piping volume from the direction of the switching valve to each cylinder port

( ) (ANR)

Example: Cylinder bore size of 100 mm, rod diameter of 30 mm, stroke of 800 mm,

working pressure of 0.5 Mpa, number of operations per minute for 5 times.

Piping tubing bore size of 7 mm. Piping tubing length of 2,000 mm.

Q1 = 1002 800 10-6 ( ) = 37.34

0.5 + 0.10130.1013

Q2 = (1002-302) 800 10-6 ( ) = 33.94

0.5 + 0.10130.1013

Q3 = 72 2000 10-6 ( ) = 0.44

0.50.1013

D : Cylinder bore size (mm)

d : Piston rod outer diameter (mm)

L : Cylinder stroke (mm)

L3 : Pipe length from directional switching valve to cylinder port (mm)

d3 : Pipe bore size from directional switching valve to cylinder port (mm)

P : Working pressure (MPa) (gauge pressure)

(1 = 1dm3)

Q: Required flow /min. per stroke length 100mm

2. Calculating the cylinder's air consumption (per hour)Air consumption per hour is the amount of air consumed when the cylinder moves within a

set time. This is the volume of air consumed by the cylinder and in piping between the

cylinder and switching valve.

This is not related to cylinder speed and differs from the air flow required during operation.

QT = (37.3 + 33.9 + (2 0.4)) 5 = 360 ( /min) (ANR)

3

250

200

100

180

160

140

125

Rel

atio

n lin

e

1

2

3

4

5

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1100000

D (mm) Q' ( /min) t (s) (P + 0.1013) (MPa)

50000

40000

30000

20000

10000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

400

500

300

200

100

50

40

30

20

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

15

4

Page 65: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 72

Ending

Note 1: The cylinder can be used in the range of

the lower left part of the curve.

Note 2: The cylinder cannot be used in the range

of the upper right part of the curve.

(Required external shock absorber)

SCS-180

SCS-160

SCS-140

SCS-125

SCA2-100

SCA2-80

SCA2-63

SCA2-50

SCA2-40

1,500

1,000

500

0 0.5 1.0

Load

wei

ght (

kg)

Speed (m/s)

Allowable energy absorption value: cushioned

Cushioned allowable energy absorption value graph

Cushioned absorbed energy

1. SCA2, JSC3

3. SCS, JSC3

2. SCG, SCM, JSG

CushionThe cushion absorbs kinetic energy from the piston using air compressibility and prevents the piston and cover from colliding at the stroke end. The cushion is not used to decelerate the piston near the stroke end. The table below shows kinetic energy can be absorbed by the cushion. If kinetic energy exceeds these values or bouncing by air compression is to be avoided, consider using another shock absorber.

Kinetic energy (J) = load weight (kg) (speed (m/s))2

21

4.29

8.37

15.8

27.9

49.8

14.6

16.6

16.6

20.6

23.6

Bore size(mm)

Valid cushionlength (mm)

Allowable energy absorption(J)

40

50

63

80

100

63.5

91.5

116

152

233

362

21.6

21.6

21.6

21.6

26.6

26.6

Bore size(mm)

Valid cushionlength (mm)

Allowable energy absorption(J)

125

140

160

180

200

250

0.8

1.2

2.5

3.7

8.0

14.4

25.4

45.6

8.1

8.1

8.6

8.6

13.4

13.4

15.4

15.4

Bore size(mm)

Valid cushionlength (mm)

Allowable energy absorption (J)

SCMonly

Remarks

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

(Note)Calculating kinetic energy:Average cylinder speed is obtained with a = .

Cylinder speed just before rush-into the cushion can be obtained with the following simple expression.

When calculating kinetic energy or using the graph, use this micron value as speed.

a : Average speed (m/s) L : Cylinder stroke length (m) T : Operation time (s)

m : = (1 + 1.5 w)

m : Speed just before rush-into the cushion(m/s)

w : Decimal displayed value of cylinder load factor (0.3 when 30%, 0.5 when 50%)

LT

LT

11

Page 66: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 73

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

SCS180

SCS160

SCS140

SCS125

SCA2100

SCA280

SCA263

SCA250SCA240

Load

wei

ght (

kg)

1,500

1,000

500

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5

Speed (m/s)

Note 1: The cylinder can be used in the range of

the lower left part of the curve.

Note 2: The cylinder cannot be used in the range

of the upper right part of the curve.

(Required an external shock absorber)

Allowable energy absorption value: no cushion

40

50

63

75

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

Note 1: Absorbed energy of this no cushion applies when a cushion symbol "R""H".

Symbol

Bore size (mm)-

0.057

0.057

-

0.112

0.153

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.067

0.079

0.079

-

0.201

0.301

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.371

0.386

0.386

0.958

1.08

2.32

SCMNote 1

SCA2

-

0.072

-

0.154

-

0.154

-

-

-

-

-

-

Unit: J

CAV2/COV2SCS

1. Allowable energy absorption of no cushion

The allowable absorption energy of each model is shown below.

Allowable energy absorption of no cushion

Technical data 12Allowable energy absorption

Page 67: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 74

Ending

Pencil shaped cylinder SCP*2 Series

D (mm)F0 (N)

6 10 16

5103050

100

570405230

720415320

650500355

CMA2/CMK2/JSM2 Series

D (mm)F0 (N)

20 25, 30, 32

40

50100200400600800

202014401000

204014401000

200015001160980

SCG/SCA2/JSG/JSC3

D (mm)F0 (N)

40 50 63 80 100

200400600800

10001500200025003000350040005000

2600181015001280

41002900240020001820

29002400200018201480

3600314028002300198017601600

450040003300284025602300214020001800

SCS/JSC3

D (mm)F0 (N)

125 140 160 180 200

15002000250030003500400050006000700080009000

1000015000200002500030000

460039003500320030002800250023002100

3900350032003000280025002300210020001880

4600410038003600320029002700250024002300

5300500046004100380035003300310029002400

5900560050004600420039003700350029002500

250

7400680062005800550052004200360033003000

D : Cylinder bore size (mm)F0 : Load (N)L : Max. stroke length (mm)

NoteValues in table is calculated values. When exceeding the max. stroke length that is specified for each model, consult with CKD.

Max. stroke lengthRelation between mounting style dimensions and max. stroke length (L)

1 For both ends pin joint

2 For rod end free

For rod end guide (pin joint)3

4 For cylinder fixing rod end guide

a

L

21

b

L

21

c

L

32

d

L

a

L

21 L

21

b

L

41

b

L

21

d

a

1.4L

b

1.4L

d

1.4L

c

0.7L

a

2L

b

2L

c

L

d

2L

13

Page 68: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 75

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

Note the following if the maximum stroke on a model's Specifications page is exceeded:

1. Min. working pressure Starting pressure increases due to piston rod deflection in the cylinder. 2. Piston rod buckling This is difficult unless the inner stopper contacts the cylinder cover effectively. When using against the external stopper, see technical material on Relationship of dimensions and maximum stroke (L)

based on mounting (Ending 74).3. Reinforcement of tie rod Insert an antisag block to keep the tie rod from sagging and contact cylinder tubing.

4. Preventing cylinder tubing deflection When installation is horizontal, tubing deflection must be prevented. Consider preventing deflection by using the antisag block inserted to reinforce the tie rod.

* The following spacers are available as custom orders:

Spacer

Tie rod type

A spacer B spacer A spacer B spacer

Tie rodless type

Non-sag block

Precautions when maximum stroke is exceeded

Technical data 14 Precautions when maximum stroke is exceeded

Page 69: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Technical data

Ending 76

Ending

How to determine cylinder mounting styleThe cylinder piston moves only in one direction. Select cylinder mounting style according to the load movement direction shown below.

Load movement direction Mounting style Cautions

The load moves linearly during

operation.

During operation, the load

oscillates within a flat area.

During operation, the load

oscillates in various

directions.

Foot type

Flange type

Trunnion type

Clevis type

Trunnion type

Clevis type

Trunnion type

Clevis type

Fix the cylinder so that load and piston movement directions are

parallel.

Use the mounting style on the left if the stroke is long, or if the load and

piston movement directions are not parallel and in the same direction.

Check that lateral load is not applied to the piston rod or bushing.

Check that the oscillation direction of the clevis or trunnion supporting the

cylinder is the same as the load oscillation direction.

Also set the oscillation direction of the rod end bracket to the same direction.

If a lateral load is applied to the bushing, keep the lateral load to within 1/20 of

cylinder output.

Use a knuckle to connect the rod and load.

If a lateral load is applied to the bushing, keep the lateral load to within

1/20 of cylinder output.

Bellows max. working temperatureSymbol

J

K

L

Bellows material Max. ambient temperature

Nylon tarpaulin

Polyolefin elastomer

Neoprene sheet

Silicone rubber glass cloth

60°C

100°C

100°C

250°C

Instantaneous max. temperature

100°C

200°C

200°C

400°C

Instantaneous maximum temperature is the temperature when spark and spatter etc. instantaneously contacts to bellows.

15

Clevis type

Hea

d en

d fla

nge

type

Foot type Trunnion type

Rod end flange type

Page 70: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 77

Ending

Tec

hnic

al d

ata

Air compressor and air tank selection

Selecting compressor for intermittent operation

When selecting a compressor and a tank, consider 10 to 20% leakage loss from actual air

consumption due to pipe or selector valves.

Generally, piston displacement listed on compressor maker's catalog is the theoretical value.

Considering volumetric efficiency, 70% of the theoretical value is the effective value.

Thus, select a compressor whose piston displacement is double of air consumption.

When intermittent operation, if an air tank is installed, even a small air compressor can

manage large power works.

Even if air consumption is high while the cylinder, etc., is operating, causing pressure to drop,

install an air tank with a capacity to keep it from dropping to maximum working pressure and

install a compressor that replaces compressed air before the cylinder operates again.

Capacity of air tank

Certification of No. 2 class pressure vesselAccording to regulations of Ministry of Health, Labor, and Welfare, following cylinders should be

certificated by Japan Boilers Association.

(1) Cylinders with rated pressure exceeding 0.196 MPa and cylinders capacity exceeding 0.04 m3.

(2) Cylinders with rated pressure exceeding 0.196 MPa, bore size exceeding 200mm and stroke length

exceeding 1000mm.

Japan Boiler Association Home page address

http://www.jbanet.or.jp/

Vt : Tank capacity ( )

Vs : Air consumption per cycle ( ) (ANR)

Pt : Tank pressure (MPa)

Ps : Maximum working pressure

V : Cylinder capacity (m3)

D : Bore size (mm)

S : Stroke (mm)

VsVt = (Pt - Ps) 10.2

D2 x S x 3.14V = 4 x 109

Technical data 16Selecting air compressor and air tank

Page 71: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 78

Ending

International unit system (SI unit) Conversion of SI units and conventional unitsSI units (international unit system) are referred in this catalog. Conversion for SI and conventional units are shown below.

SI unit conversion table (Unit indicated by is SI unit)

Force

Conversion example (for pressure) 1 kgf/cm2 9.80665 10-2MPa 1 MPa 1.01972 10 kgf/cm2

N

1

1 10-5

9.80665

dyn

1 105

1

9.80665 105

kgf

1.01972 10-1

1.01972 10-6

1

StressPa or N/m2

1

1 106

9.80665 106

9.80665 104

MPa or N/mm2

1 10-6

1

9.80665

9.80665 10-2

kgf/mm2

1.01972 10-7

1.01972 10-1

1

1 10-2

kgf/cm2

1.01972 10-5

1.01972 10

1 102

1

ViscosityPa·s

1

1 10-3

1 10-1

cP

1 103

1

1 102

P

1 10

1 10-2

1

Dynamic viscositym2/s

1

1 10-6

1 10-4

cSt

1 106

1

1 102

St

1 104

1 10-2

1

Thermal conduction ratioW/ (m·k)

1

1.16279

kcal/ (h·m·°C)

8.6000 10-1

1

Note: 1P = 1dyn·s/cm2 = 1g/cm·s , 1Pa·s = 1N·s/m2, 1cP = 1mPa·S

Note: 1St = 1cm2/s, 1cSt = 1mm2/s

Note: 1Pa = 1N/m2, 1MPa = 1N/mm2

Job, energy, calorieJ

1

3.600 106

9.80665

4.18605 103

kW·h

2.77778 10-7

1

2.72407 10-6

1.16279 10-3

kgf·m

1.01972 10-1

3.67098 105

1

4.26858 102

kcal

2.38889 10-4

8.6000 102

2.34270 10-3

1

Note: 1J = 1W·s, 1J = 1N·m 1cal = 4.18605J (according to the Measurement Law)

Note: 1cal = 4.18605J (according to the Measurement Law) Coefficient of heat transfer

W/ (m2, k)

1

1.16279

kcal/ (h·m2·°C)

8.6000 10-1

1Note: 1cal = 4.18605J (according to the Measurement Law) Specific heat

J/ (kg·k)

1

4.18605 x 103

2.38889 10-4

1Note: 1cal = 4.18605J (according to the Measurement Law)

Power (and power) heat flowW

1

9.80665

7.355 x 102

1.16279

kgf·m/s

1.01972 x 10-1

1

7.5 x 10

1.18572 x 10-1

PS

1.35962 x 10-3

1.33333 x 10-2

1

1.58095 x 10-3

kcal/h

8.6000 x 10-1

8.43371

6.32529 x 102

1

Note: 1W = 1J/s, PS: French horsepower1PS = 0.7355kW (according to the Measurement Law construction low)1cal = 4.18605J (according to the Measurement Law)

PressurePa

1

1 103

1 106

1 105

9.80665 104

1.01325 105

9.80665

1.33322 102

kPa

1 10-3

1

1 103

1 102

9.80665 10

1.01325 102

9.80665 10-3

1.33322 10-1

MPa

1 10-6

1 10-3

1

1 10-1

9.80665 10-2

1.01325 10-1

9.80665 10-6

1.33322 10-4

bar

1 10-5

1 10-2

1 10

1

9.80665 10-1

1.01325

9.80665 10-5

1.33322 10-3

kgf/cm2

1.01972 10-5

1.01972 10-2

1.01972 10

1.01972

1

1.03323

1 10-4

1.35951 10-3

atm

9.86923 10-6

9.86923 10-3

9.86923

9.86923 10-1

9.67841 10-1

1

9.67841 10-5

1.31579 10-3

mmH20 or mmAg

1.01972 10-1

1.01972 102

1.01972 105

1.01972 104

1 104

1.03323 104

1

1.35951 10

mmHg or Torr

7.50062 10-3

7.50062

7.50062 103

7.50062 102

7.35559 102

7.60000 102

7.35559 10-2

1

Note: 1Pa = 1N·m2

kcal/ (kg·°C)cal/ (g·°C)

Page 72: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 80

Ending

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

CMK2 M1-I-30 25,32 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-I-40 40 16 36 12 10 25 19 M12 1.5 16 12

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

CMA2 M1-I-30 30 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-I-40 40 16 36 12 10 25 19 M12 1.5 16 12

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

CKV2 M1-I-30 25,32 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-I-40 40 16 36 12 10 25 19 M12 1.5 16 12

CAV2 CAV2-50-I 50 25 50 14 20 26 26 M16 1.5 20 R15

COV2 CAV2-75-I 75,100 30 65 20 28 38 35 M22 1.5 28 R22.5

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

M1-I-30 25,32 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

S1-I-40 40 20 50 12 18 (27) 27 M14 1.5 21 R16

HCA S1-I-50 50 21 50 12 18 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-63 63 21 50 14 20 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-80 80 30 70 20 28 (46) 41 M22 1.5 30 R25

S1-I-100 100 30 70 20 28 (46) 41 M26 1.5 30 R25

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

JSM2 M1-I-30 30 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-I-40 40 16 36 12 10 25 19 M12 1.5 16 12

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

JSK2 M1-I-30 25,32 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-I-40 40 16 36 12 10 25 19 M12 1.5 16 12

S1-I-40 40 20 50 12 18 (27) 27 M14 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-50 50 21 50 12 18 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-63 63 21 50 14 20 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-80 80 30 70 20 28 (46) 41 M22 1.5 30 R25

S1-I-100 100 30 70 20 28 (46) 41 M26 1.5 30 R25

SCS-125-I 125 50 85 25 32 55 55 M30 1.5 32 27.5

SCS-140-I 140 50 90 28 36 60 60 M30 1.5 35 30

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0

H10

H10

H10

H10

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.0700

+0.084 0

-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2 0-0.3 0-0.3-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4

-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2

( )ShapesymbolModel Model no. AA CA CD CW D E KK MA RRApplicable

bore size

B

B

B

B

B

A

B

B

B

A

B

+0.0700

+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0

-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4

JSC3

JSC3

JSG

+0.084 0+0.084 0

-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4

-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3

SCG-I-40 40 19 40 10 14 22 22 M14 1.5 19 12.5

SCG-I-50 50, 63 24 50 14 20 28 28 M18 1.5 24 16.5

SCG-I-80 80 26 60 22 30 40 40 M22 1.5 34 23.5

SCG-I-100 100 26 60 22 30 40 40 M26 1.5 34 23.5

Rod eye (per series)

CW

D

AA

MA

RR

CA

KK

CD

E

Shape symbol: B

CD R RR

KKC

A

MA

AA

D E

CW

Shape symbol: A

Rod eye/clevis dimension list

Page 73: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 81

Ending

Rod

eye

/cle

vis

dim

ensi

on

SCS-160-I 160 60 105 32 40 70 70 M36 1.5 40 35

SCS-180-I 180 65 115 40 50 85 85 M40 1.5 47.5 42.5

SCP*2P2-I-10 10 8 21 3.2 3.1 12 12 M4 9 7

P2-I-16 16 8 25 5 6.4 12 12 M5 14 7

S1-I-40 40 20 50 12 18 (27) 27 M14 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-50 50 21 50 12 18 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

SCA2 S1-I-63 63 21 50 14 20 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

S1-I-80 80 30 70 20 28 (46) 41 M22 1.5 30 R25

S1-I-100 100 30 70 20 28 (46) 41 M26 1.5 30 R25

SCG-I-32 32 14 30 10 14 20 20 M10 1.25 16 12

SCG-I-40 40 19 40 10 14 22 22 M14 1.5 19 12.5

SCG SCG-I-50 50, 63 24 50 14 20 28 28 M18 1.5 24 16.5

SCG-I-80 80 26 60 22 30 40 40 M22 1.5 34 23.5

SCG-I-100 100 26 60 22 30 40 40 M26 1.5 34 23.5

SCS-125-I 125 50 85 25 32 55 55 M30 1.5 32 27.5

SCS-140-I 140 50 90 28 36 60 60 M30 1.5 35 30

SCSSCS-160-I 160 60 105 32 40 70 70 M36 1.5 40 35

SCS-180-I 180 65 115 40 50 85 85 M40 1.5 47.5 42.5

SCS-200-I 200 75 125 40 50 85 85 M45 1.5 47.5 42.5

SCS-250-I 250 88 150 50 63 105 105 M56 2 57.5 52.5

SCM-I-20 20 8.5 25 8 8 16 16 M8 11.5 9

SCM-I-25 25,32 10.5 30 10 10 20 20 M10 1.25 14 11

SCMSCM-I-40 40 14 30 10 18 22 22 M14 1.5 14 12

SCM-I-50 50,63 18 40 14 22 28 28 M18 1.5 20 16

SCM-I-80 80 21 50 18 28 38 38 M22 1.5 27 21

SCM-I-100 100 21 55 22 32 44 44 M26 1.5 31 24

P2-I-16 12 8 25 5 6.4 12 12 M5 14 10

SSD-I-16 16 8 25 5 6.5 12 12 M6 14 10

SSD-I-20 20 13.5 30 10 8 19 19 M8 13 10

M1-I-30 25 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

SSD-I-32 32 15 36 12 10 25 19 M14 16 12

SSDSSD-I-40 40 20 50 12 18 27 27 M14 1.5 21 16

SSD-I-50 50 21 50 12 18 27 27 M18 1.5 21 16

SSD-I-63 63 21 50 14 20 (27) 27 M18 1.5 21 R16

SSD-I-80 80 30 70 20 28 46 41 M22 1.5 30 25

SSD-I-100 100 30 70 20 28 46 41 M26 1.5 30 25

SCS-125-I 125,140 50 85 25 32 55 55 M30 1.5 32 27.5

SCS-160-I 160 60 105 32 40 70 70 M36 1.5 40 35

M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 8 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

ULK M1-I-30 25,32 16 36 12 10 25 19 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-I-40 40 16 36 12 10 25 19 M12 1.5 16 12

+0.100 0

+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0

+0.1000

+0.048 0+0.048 0

+0.058 0+0.058 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.048 0+0.048 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0 +0.084 0+0.100 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.0700

+0.070 0+0.070

0+0.084 0+0.084

0H10

H10

H10

H10

H10

-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4 0-0.1 0-0.1-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.2-0.4-0.2-0.4-0.3-0.5-0.3-0.5-0.3-0.5-0.3-0.5-0-0.1-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.2

( )

JSC3

Shapesymbol

Applicable bore size

B

B

A

B

B

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

B

Model Model no. AA CA CD CW D E KK MA RR

Rod eye/clevis dimension listRod eye (per series)

Page 74: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 82

Ending

+0.048 0

+0.048 0

+0.048 0

+0.058 0

+0.058 0+0.058 0

H10

H10

H10

H10

H10

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.058 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0

+0.070 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0

+0.058 0

( )Shapesymbol

B

B

A

B

BBB

B

B

B

B

A

ABBB

A

A

ABB

A

AB

A

A

B

BBBBB

M4

M5

M6

M8 x 1.0

M8

M10 x 1.25

M10 x 1.25

M12 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M14M16 x 1.5M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

M26 x 1.5

M26 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5M40 x 1.5M45 x 1.5M56 x 2

8

8

8

14

8.513.514

16

10.5

16

19

20

14152524

21

21

182630

30

2126

30

21

50

5060657588

21

25

25

30

253030

36

30

36

40

50

30365050

50

50

406065

70

5060

70

55

85

90105115125150

3.2

5

5

10

81010

12

10

12

10

12

10121414

12

14

142220

20

1822

20

22

25

2832404050

10

10

10

10

91012

12

11

12

12.5

R16

1212

R1516.5

R16

R16

1623.5R22.5

R25

2123.5

R25

24

27.5

3035

42.542.552.5

9

14

14

13

11.51316

16

14

16

19

21

14162024

21

21

203428

30

2734

30

31

32

3540

47.547.557.5

12

12

12

19

1619

20

19

20

19

22

27

221926

28

27

27

28 4035

41

38 40

41

44

55

60 70 85 85 105

12

12

12

19

1619

20

19

20

19

22

(27)

222526

28

(27)

(27)

28 4038

(46)

38 40

(46)

44

55

60 70 85 85 105

3.1

6.4

6.5

8

88

14

10

10

10

14

18

18102020

18

20

223028

28

2830

28

32

32

3640505063

10161216

20

202032

25, 30, 32

25, 32

40

40

40

403250

50, 63

50

63

50, 6380

75, 100

80

80100

100

100125

(125, 140)140160180200250

0-0.1

0-0.1

-0.1-0.2

-0.1-0.2

-0.2-0.4-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.3

-0.1-0.3

-0.1-0.3

-0.1-0.3

-0.1-0.3

-0.1-0.2

-0.2-0.4

-0.1-0.2

-0.1-0.4

-0.3-0.5-0.1-0.2 0-0.3

-0.1-0.4

-0.1-0.4

-0.3-0.5

0-0.3

-0.1-0.4

-0.3-0.5

-0.1-0.4

-0.3-0.5

-0.1-0.4

-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4-0.1-0.4

SCP*2SCP*2SSDSSD

CKV2, CMA2, CMK2HCA, JSK2, JSM2

ULKSCMSSDSCG

CMA2, CMK2, HCAJSK2, JSM2, ULK, SSD

SCMCKV2, CMA2, CMK2

JSK2, JSM2, ULKSCG, JSGHCA, JSC3SCA2, SSD

SCMSSD

CAV2, COV2SCG, JSG

HCA, JSC3, SCA2SSD

HCA, JSC3, SCA2SSDSCM

SCG, JSGCAV2, COV2

HCA, JSC3, SCA2SSDSCM

SCG, JSGHCA, JSC3, SCA2

SSDSCM

JSC3, SCSSSD

JSC3, SCSJSC3, SCS, SSD

JSC3, SCSSCSSCS

P2-I-10

P2-I-16

SSD-I-16

M1-I-20

SCM-I-20SSD-I-20SCG-I-32

M1-I-30

SCM-I-25

M1-I-40

SCG-I-40

S1-I-40

SCM-I-40SSD-I-32CAV2-50-ISCG-I-50S1-I-50

SSD-I-50S1-I-63

SSD-I-63SCM-I-50SCG-I-80CAV2-75-I

S1-I-80SSD-I-80SCM-I-80SCG-I-100S1-I-100

SSD-I-100SCM-I-100

SCS-125-I

SCS-140-ISCS-160-ISCS-180-ISCS-200-ISCS-250-I

Screw diameter KK Model no. Applicable model Applicable

bore size AA CA CD CW D E MA RR

Rod eye (per thread size)

CW

D

AA

MA

RR

CA

KK

CD

E

Shape symbol: B

CD R RR

KK

CA

MA

AA

D E

CW

Shape symbol: A

Rod eye/clevis dimension list

Page 75: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 84

Ending

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

CMK2 M1-Y-30 25, 32 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-Y-40 40 20 36 10 12 25 25 M12 1.5 16 12

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

CMA2 M1-Y-30 30 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-Y-40 40 20 36 10 12 25 25 M12 1.5 16 12

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

CKV2 M1-Y-30 25, 32 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-Y-40 40 20 36 10 12 25 25 M12 1.5 16 12

CAV2 CAV2-50-Y 50 25 50 20 14 42 (23) M16 1.5 23 R15

COV2 CAV2-75-Y 75, 100 30 65 28 20 60 (35) M22 1.5 33 R22.5

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

M1-Y-30 25, 32 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

S1-Y-40 40 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M14 1.5 19 R16

HCA S1-Y-50 50 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

S1-Y-63 63 24 50 20 14 40 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

S1-Y-80 80 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M22 1.5 25 R25

S1-Y-100 100 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M26 1.5 25 R25

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

JSM2 M1-Y-30 30 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-Y-40 40 20 36 10 12 25 25 M12 1.5 16 12

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

JSK2 M1-Y-30 25, 32 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-Y-40 40 20 36 10 12 25 25 M12 1.5 16 12

S1-Y-40 40 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M14 1.5 19 R16

S1-Y-50 50 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

JSC3 S1-Y-63 63 24 50 20 14 40 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

S1-Y-80 80 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M22 1.5 25 R25

S1-Y-100 100 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M26 1.5 25 R25

SCS-125-Y 125 50 85 32 25 64 (46) M30 1.5 35 R27.5JSC3

SCS-140-Y 140 50 90 36 28 72 (46) M30 1.5 40 R30

( )Shapesymbol

B

B

B

A

B

A

B

B

A

A

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.058

0+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0

+0.0580

+0.070 0

+0.0580

+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.070 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.084 0

+0.0700

+0.084 0+0.058

0+0.070 0+0.070 0

+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3 0+0.3 0+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1

+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1

SCG-Y-40 40 21 40 14 10 28 (22) M14 1.5 19 11

SCG-Y-50 50, 63 26 50 20 14 40 (28) M18 1.5 24 14

SCG-Y-80 80 31 65 30 22 60 (40) M22 1.5 34 20

SCG-Y-100 100 31 65 30 22 60 (40) M26 1.5 34 20

JSG A

+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1

H10

H10

H10

H10

Note: AB is thread length.

Model Model no. Applicable bore size AB CA CW CD CV D KK MB RR

Rod clevis (per series)

CW

(D)

AB

MB

RR

CA

KK

CD

CVShape symbol: BShape symbol: A

CD

MB

R RR

KK

CV

(D)

CW

AB

CA

Rod eye/clevis dimension list

Page 76: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 85

Ending

Rod

eye

/cle

vis

dim

ensi

on

JSC3SCS-160-Y 160 60 105 40 32 80 (55) M36 1.5 45 R35

SCS-180-Y 180 65 115 50 40 100 (60) M40 1.5 50 R42.5

SCP*2P2-Y-10 10 8 21 3.2 3.2 12 12 M4 10 7

P2-Y-16 16 8 21 6.5 5 12 12 M5 10 7

SCG-Y-32 32 14 30 14 10 28 (20) M10 1.25 16 10

SCG-Y-40 40 21 40 14 10 28 (22) M14 1.5 19 11

SCG SCG-Y-50 50, 63 26 50 20 14 40 (28) M18 1.5 24 14

SCG-Y-80 80 31 65 30 22 60 (40) M22 1.5 34 20

SCG-Y-100 100 31 65 30 22 60 (40) M26 1.5 34 20

S1-Y-40 40 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M14 1.5 19 R16

S1-Y-50 50 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

SCA2 S1-Y-63 63 24 50 20 14 40 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

S1-Y-80 80 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M22 1.5 30 R25

S1-Y-100 100 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M26 1.5 30 R25

SCS-125-Y 125 50 85 32 25 64 (46) M30 1.5 35 R27.5

SCS-140-Y 140 50 90 36 28 72 (46) M30 1.5 40 R30

SCSSCS-160-Y 160 60 105 40 32 80 (55) M36 1.5 45 R35

SCS-180-Y 180 65 115 50 40 100 (60) M40 1.5 50 R42.5

SCS-200-Y 200 75 125 50 40 100 (70) M45 1.5 50 R42.5

SCS-250-Y 250 88 150 63 50 126 (85) M56 2 62 R52.5

SCM-Y-20 20 13.5 25 8 8 16 16 M8 11.5 9

SCM-Y-25 25, 32 16 30 10 10 20 20 M10 1.25 14 11

SCMSCM-Y-40 40 16 30 18 10 36 22 M14 1.5 14 12

SCM-Y-50 50, 63 20 40 22 14 44 28 M18 1.5 20 16

SCM-Y-80 80 23 50 28 18 56 38 M22 1.5 27 21

SCM-Y-100 100 24 55 32 22 64 44 M26 1.5 31 24

P2-Y-16 12 8 21 6.5 5 12 12 M5 10 7

SSD-Y-16 16 11 21 6.5 5 12 12 M6 10 10

SSD-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 13 10

M1-Y-30 25 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

SSD-Y-32 32 15 36 10 12 25 25 M14 16 12

SSD-Y-40 40 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M14 1.5 19 16

SSD-Y-50 50 24 50 18 12 36 (27) M18 1.5 19 16

SSD-Y-63 63 24 50 20 14 40 (27) M18 1.5 19 R16

SSD-Y-80 80 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M22 1.5 30 25

SSD-Y-100 100 35 70 28 20 56 (41) M26 1.5 30 25

SCS-125-Y 125, 140 50 85 32 25 64 (46) M30 1.5 35 27.5

SCS-160-Y 160 60 105 40 32 80 (55) M36 1.5 45 35

M1-Y-20 20 17 30 8 10 19 19 M8 1.0 13 10

ULK M1-Y-30 25, 32 20 36 10 12 25 25 M10 1.25 16 12

M1-Y-40 40 20 36 10 12 25 25 M12 1.5 16 12

( )Shapesymbol

A

A

B

A

A

A

B

B

A

B

A

B

B

SSD

+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.2 0+0.2 0+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.2+0.4+0.2+0.5+0.3+0.5+0.3+0.5+0.3+0.5+0.3+0.2+0.1+0.2+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.4+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1

+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.048 0+0.048 0H10

H10

H10

H10

H10

+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.058 0+0.058 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.048 0+0.048 0+0.058 0+0.070 0

+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.070 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.084 0+0.100 0+0.058 0+0.070 0+0.070 0

Model Model no. Applicable bore size AB CA CW CD CV D KK MB RR

Rod eye/clevis dimension listRod clevis (per series)

Page 77: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 86

Ending

( )

M4

M5

M6

M8 x 1.0

M8

M10 x 1.25

M10 x 1.25

M12 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M14 x 1.5

M14M16 x 1.5M18 x 1.5

M18 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

M26 x 1.5

M26 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5M40 x 1.5M45 x 1.5M56 x 2

P2-Y-10

P2-Y-16

SSD-Y-16

M1-Y-20

SCM-Y-20SSD-Y-20SCG-Y-32

M1-Y-30

SCM-Y-25

M1-Y-40

SCG-Y-40

S1-Y-40

SCM-Y-40SSD-Y-32CAV2-50-YSCG-Y-50S1-Y-50

SSD-Y-50S1-Y-63

SSD-Y-63SCM-Y-50SCG-Y-80CAV2-75-Y

S1-Y-80SSD-Y-80SCM-Y-80SCG-Y-100S1-Y-100

SSD-Y-100SCM-Y-100

SCS-125-Y

SCS-140-YSCS-160-YSCS-180-YSCS-200-YSCS-250-Y

11

11

10

10

91010

12

11

12

11

R16

1212

R1514

R16

R16

1620

R22.5

R25

2120

R25

24

R27.5

R30R35

R42.5R42.5R52.5

10

10

10

13

11.51316

16

14

16

19

19

14162324

19

19

203433

30

2734

30

31

35

4045505062

12

12

12

19

1619

(20)

25

20

25

(22)

(27)

2225

(23) (28)

(27)

(27)

28 (40)(35)

(41)

38 (40)

(41)

44

(46)

(46)(55)(60)(70)(85)

12

12

12

19

161928

25

20

25

28

36

36254240

36

40

446060

56

5660

56

64

64

7280100100126

3.2

6.5

6.5

8

88

14

10

10

10

14

18

18102020

18

20

223028

28

2830

28

32

32

3640505063

3.2

5

5

10

81010

12

10

12

10

12

10121414

12

14

142220

20

1822

20

22

25

2832404050

21

21

21

30

253030

36

30

36

40

50

30365050

50

50

406565

70

5065

70

55

85

90105115125150

8

11

11

17

13.51714

20

16

20

21

24

16152526

24

24

203130

35

2331

35

24

50

5060657588

10161216

20

202032

25, 30, 32

25, 32

40

40

40

403250

50, 63

50

63

50, 6380

75, 100

80

80100

100

100125

(SSD: 125, 140)140160180200250

SCP*2SCP*2SSDSSD

CKV2, CMA2, CMK2HCA, JSK2, JSM2

ULKSCMSSDSCG

CKV2, CMA2, CMK2HCA, JSK2, JSM2

ULK, SSDSCM

CKV2, CMA2, CMK2JSK2, JSM2, ULK

SCG, JSGHCA, JSC3SCA2, SSD

SCMSSD

CAV2, COVSCG, JSG

HCA, JSC3, SCA2SSD

HCA, JSC3, SCA2SSDSCM

SCG, JSGCAV2, COV2

HCA, JSC3, SCA2SSDSCM

SCG, JSGHCA, JSC3, SCA2

SSDSCM

JSC3 (large bore size), SCS, SSD

JSC3 (large bore size), SCSJSC3 (large bore size), SCS, SSDJSC3 (large bore size), SCS

SCSSCS

+0.048 0

+0.048 0

+0.058 0

+0.058 0

H10

+0.070 0

+0.058 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.058 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.070 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0

+0.070 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0

+0.084 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0+0.100 0

+0.2 0

+0.2 0

+0.2+0.1

+0.3+0.1

+0.4+0.2+0.3+0.1+0.3+0.1

H10+0.3+0.1

H10+0.3+0.1

H10+0.3+0.1

H10+0.3+0.1

+0.3+0.1

+0.4+0.2

+0.3+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.5+0.3+0.3+0.1+0.3 0

+0.4+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.5+0.3

+0.4+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.4+0.1

+0.5+0.3

+0.4+0.1

+0.5+0.3

+0.4+0.1

+0.3 0

B

B

A

A

A

B

BB

B

B

B

A

A

A

BB

A

A

A

A

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

AA

A

A

Shapesymbol

Screw diameter T Model no. Applicable model Applicable

bore size AB CA CW CD CV D MB RR

Rod clevis (per thread size)

CW

(D)

AB

MB

RR

CA

KK

CD

CVShape symbol: BShape symbol: A

CD

MB

R RR

KK

CV

(D)

CW

AB

CA

Rod eye/clevis dimension list

Page 78: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 90

Ending

Custom specificationsConsult with CKD about detailed specifications dimensions, prices and delivery lead time.

How to order

SCM 200 N13 A23 WF254000 B

Model no. NameSCGJSG

SCP*2CMK2SCA2SCS

SCP*2-VMDC2SSDSCMULKJSC3FC*

Tie rod cylinderTie-rod cylinder with brakesPencil shaped cylinderMedium bore size cylinderMedium bore size cylinderMedium bore size cylinderMiniature cylinder with valveSmall direct mounting cylinderCompact cylinderRound shaped cylinderBrake cylinderBrake cylinderFlat and compact cylinder

Applicable model

Symbol DescriptionsN1

N11N12N14N13N15N2

N21N3

N31

Rod end female thread (with recess)Rod end female threadRod end no threadRod end sphere RRod end male threadRod end male thread (with recess)Rod eye shapeRod clevisRod end slit carvedRod end slit carved sphere R

Rod end pattern

Refer to how to order in each model. Model no.

Refer to the dimensions list.

Custom order dimension

Model no.

Precautions for custom ordering rod ends

Note on model no. selection

1. Depending on designated dimensions, the same strength as the standard product may not be attained.

2. Dimensions, tolerance, and finish not given in drawings are decided by CKD.

1. When dimensions must be changed, indicate the dimension symbol after the rod end pattern symbol, then indicate designated dimensions.

2. When designating multiple items, designate items in order using dimension symbols given at left of the dimensions table. Example: Model No. - N13KKM18 1.5A40WF20

3. The end nut is not enclosed when the thread size is designated.

4. Basic N11 dimensions are the same as model female thread specifications. N13 basic dimensions are the same as model male thread specifications. If designated dimensions are not required for N11 or N13, follow the ordering for each model.

(Example) SCM-00-40B-200-N13 –› SCM-00-40B-200 (due to N13 is standard, symbol not required.)SSD-50-50-N11 –› SSD-50-50 (due to N11 is standard, symbol not required.)SSD-50-50-N13 –› SSD-50-50-N (“N” is used for the female thread symbol.)

If the model does not have a symbol for the male or female threads in each model’s ordering, follow the rod end pattern given on this page.

6. This special-order model No. is used for input and may differ from the official model No.

5. Indicate the symbol following the rod end pattern after the model even when accessories, etc., are ordered.

(Wrong) (Right)

(e.g.) SSD-50-50-NBKKM8-CB –› SSD-50-50-CB-N13KKM8(Wrong) (Right)

Indicate only when the dimensions differ from the basic specifications.

Page 79: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 91

Ending

Cus

tom

ord

er

Custom orderRod end female thread (with recess) (pattern symbol "N1")

Dimensions

KD

MM

KLKO

WF

KK

MO

MN

Y+

0.2

+0.

1

Bore sizeSeriesCMK2CKV2ULK

CMA2JSM2

SCGSCGJSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

FCD

SCM

20

25

32

40

20

30

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

25

32

40

50

63

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM10

12

12

14

10

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

12

16

16

20

20

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

KKM5 0.8

M6 1

M6 1

M8 1.25

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M6 1

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M18 2.5

M18 2.5

M20 2.5

M22 2.5

M24 3

M30 3.5

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M18 2.5

M18 2.5

M20 2.5

M22 2.5

M3 0.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M16 2

M20 2.5

M22 2.5

M22 2.5

M24 3

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

KD5

6

6

8

5

6

8

6

8

10

10

12

16

8

10

10

12

16

18

18

20

22

24

30

8

10

10

12

16

18

18

20

22

3

4

5

6

8

8

10

10

16

20

22

22

24

5

6

8

8

10

4

5

6

8

10

10

12

16

KO 2.5

3

3

4

2.5

3

4

3

4

5

5

5.5

6

4

5

5

5.5

6

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

9

10.5

4

5

5

5.5

6

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

2

2.5

2.5

3

4

4

4.5

4.5

6

7.5

7.5

7.5

9

2.5

3

4

4

5

2.5

2.5

3

4

5

5

5.5

6

KL10

10

10

14

10

10

14

10

14

16

16

18

24

14

16

16

18

24

26

26

28

30

32

36

14

16

16

18

24

26

26

28

30

6

8

7

12

13

13

15

15

21

27

30

30

33

9

11

13

13

15

8

10

10

14

16

16

18

24

Y8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

18

18

22

27

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

46

56

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

5

7

8

10

14

14

18

18

22

27

33

33

38

10

14

14

18

18

7

8

10

14

18

18

22

27

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

17

17

22

27

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

46

55

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

5

6

8

10

14

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

10

14

14

17

17

6

8

10

14

18

18

22

26

MN 5

5

5

6

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

11

13

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

20

22

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

11

11

14

5

7

7

8

8

4

5

5.5

6

7

7

11

11

MO24

23

23

23

24

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

16

16

17

5

7

8

9.5

9.5

17

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

WF

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N1". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensionsafter spelling pattern symbol "N1" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N1WF25WF standard dimension is 20, but this is manufactured with 25. When indicating plural items, indicate symbols from left in turn.

Page 80: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 92

Ending

Custom orderRod end female thread (pattern symbol "N11")

KL

WF

KK

MO

MN

Y MM

Bore sizeSeries MM KK KL Y MN MOCMK2CKV2ULK

CMA2JSM2

SCGSCGJSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

FCD

SCM

MDC2Note 1

20

25

32

40

20

30

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

25

32

40

50

63

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

6

8

10

10

12

12

14

10

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

12

16

16

20

20

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

4

5

6

M5 0.8

M6 1

M6 1

M8 1.25

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M6 1

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M18 2.5

M18 2.5

M20 2.5

M22 2.5

M24 3

M30 3.5

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M18 2.5

M18 2.5

M20 2.5

M22 2.5

M3 0.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M16 2

M20 2.5

M22 2.5

M22 2.5

M24 3

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M10 1.5

M10 1.5

M12 1.75

M16 2

M2.5 0.45

M3 0.5

M3 0.5

10

10

10

14

10

10

14

10

14

16

16

18

24

14

16

16

18

24

26

26

28

30

32

36

14

16

16

18

24

26

26

28

30

6

8

7

12

13

13

15

15

21

27

30

30

33

9

11

13

13

15

8

10

10

14

16

16

18

24

4

5

5

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

18

18

22

27

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

46

56

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

5

7

8

10

14

14

18

18

22

27

33

33

38

10

14

14

18

18

7

8

10

14

18

18

22

27

3.5

4.5

5

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

17

17

22

27

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

46

55

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

5

6

8

10

14

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

10

14

14

17

17

6

8

10

14

18

18

22

26

3.5

4.5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

11

13

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

20

22

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

11

11

14

5

7

7

8

8

4

5

5.5

6

7

7

11

11

2.5

2.5

2.5

24

23

23

23

24

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

16

16

17

5

7

8

9.5

9.5

17

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

3

3

3

WF

Note 1: "WF" is not listed in the MDC2 catalog. Dimensions of (O) should beregarded as "WF".

Note 2: Y dimensions may be changed.

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicatepattern symbol "N11". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensionsafter spelling pattern symbol "N11" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N11WF25WF standard dimension is 20, but this is manufactured with25. When indicating plural items, indicate symbols from left in turn.

Dimensions

Page 81: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 93

Ending

Cus

tom

ord

er

Bore sizeSeriesSCP*2Note 1

CMK2CKV2ULK

CMA2JSM2

SCGSSG

SCA2Note 3

SCSJSC3

JSC3

SCP*2-VNote 2SSDNote 3

FCD

SCMNote 3

MDC2Note 4

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

20

30

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

10

16

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

25

32

40

50

63

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

4

6

8

10

MM3

4

5

10

12

12

14

10

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

4

5

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

12

16

16

20

20

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

2

4

5

6

WF13

13

13

24

23

23

23

24

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

13

13

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

16

16

17

5

7

8

9.5

9.5

17

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

3

3

3

3

Y 2.5

3.5

4.5

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

18

18

22

27

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

46

56

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

3.5

4.5

5

7

8

10

14

14

18

18

22

27

33

33

38

10

14

14

18

18

7

8

10

14

18

18

22

27

1.5

3.5

4.5

5

Note 1: "WF " is not listed in the SCP*2 catalog. Dimensions of "13" should beregarded as "WF".

Note 2: SCP*2-V is also same. Note 3: For SSD-KU/SCM-U/SCA2-U (low friction cylinder), this pattern is not

available.Note 4: "WF " is not listed in the MDC2 catalog. Dimensions of (O) should be

regarded as "WF". When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate

pattern symbol "N12". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensionsafter spelling pattern symbol "N12" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N12WF25WF standard dimension is 20, but this is manufactured with 25.

WF

Y

M

M

Dimensions

Custom orderRod end no thread (pattern symbol "N12")

Page 82: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 94

Ending

Custom orderRod end sphere R (pattern symbol "N14")

DimensionsWF

M

M

Y

S

Bore sizeSeries

SCP*2

Note 1

CMK2

CKV2

ULK

SCG

SCG

JSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SCP*2-V

Note 2

SSD

Note 3

SCM

Note 3

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

10

16

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM

3

4

5

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

4

5

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

Y

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

0.5

0.5

0.5

1

1

1

1

1

S

3

4

5

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

4

5

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

WF

13

13

13

24

23

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

13

13

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

16

16

17

17

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

Note 1: "WF " is not listed in the SCP*2 catalog. Dimensions of "13" should beregarded as "WF".

Note 2: SCP*2-V is also same. Note 3: For SSD-KU/SCM-U/SCA2-U (low friction cylinder), this pattern is not

available. Can not specify.

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N14". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensionsafter spelling pattern symbol "N14" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N14WF25WF standard dimension is 20, but this is manufactured with 25.

Page 83: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 95

Ending

Cus

tom

ord

er

Bore sizeSeries

SCP*2Note 1

CMK2CKV2ULK

CMA2JSM2

SCGSCGJSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SCP*2-VNote 2SSD

FCD

SCM

MDC2Note 3

6

10

16

20

25

32

40

20

30

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

10

16

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

25

32

40

50

63

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

6

8

10

MM

3

4

5

10

12

12

14

10

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

14

5

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

12

16

16

20

20

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

4

5

6

KK

M3 0.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

M8 1

M10 1.25

M10 1.25

M12 1.5

M8 1

M10 1.25

M12 1.5

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M30 1.5

M30 1.5

M36 1.5

M40 1.5

M45 1.5

M56 2

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M30 1.5

M30 1.5

M36 1.5

M40 1.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M30 1.5

M30 1.5

M36 1.5

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M8 1.25

M10 1.25

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M3 0.5

M4 0.7

M5 0.8

C

15

15

15

18

20

20

22

18

20

22

19.5

27

32

32

37

37

20

26

26

34

43

47

47

53

60

69

84

20

26

26

34

43

47

47

53

60

15

15

9

10

12

15

20.5

20.5

26

26

32.5

32.5

42

42

47

20

20

20

26

26

15.5

19.5

19.5

27

32

32

37

37

6

7

9

A

-

-

-

20

23

23

25

20

23

25

22

30

35

35

40

40

22

28

28

36

45

50

50

56

63

72

88

22

28

28

36

45

50

50

56

63

-

-

10.5

12

14

17.5

23.5

23.5

28.5

28.5

35.5

35.5

45

45

50

22

22

22

28

28

18

22

22

30

35

35

40

40

8

9

11

Y

-

-

-

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

18

18

22

26

14

18

18

22

26

30

30

36

40

45

56

14

18

18

22

26

30

30

36

40

-

-

5

6

8

10

14

14

18

18

22

26

30

30

36

10

14

14

18

18

-

-

10

14

18

18

22

26

3.5

4.5

5

MN

-

-

-

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

17

17

22

27

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

46

55

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

-

-

5

6

8

10

14

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

10

14

14

17

17

6

8

10

14

18

18

22

26

3.5

4.5

5

-

-

-

5

5

5

6

5

5

6

5.5

6

8

8

11

13

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

20

22

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

-

-

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

11

11

14

4

6

6

8

8

4

5

5.5

6

7

7

11

11

2.5

2.5

2.5

MO

13

13

13

24

23

23

23

24

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

13

13

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

13

13

14

5

7

7

8

8

17

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

3

3

3

WF

Note 1: "WF " is not listed in the SCP*2 catalog. Dimensions of "13" should be regarded as "WF".

Note 2: SCP*2-V is also same. Note 3: When thread size is specified, an end nut is not attached.

Y dimensions may be changed.

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table,indicate pattern symbol "N13". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specifieddimensions after spelling pattern symbol "N13" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N13A23WF20This manufactures with 20 instead of WF standard dimensionof 27, and 23 instead of A standard dimensions of 30.When C dimensions are not specified, the product ismanufactured with standard differential dimension of (A-C).

Custom orderRod end male thread (pattern symbol "N13")

Dimensions

Y

MN

KK MO

A

C

M

MWF

Page 84: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 96

Ending

Dimensions

Custom orderRod end male thread (with recess) (pattern symbol "N15")

Y

MN

KK

WFA

MO

C

MM

Series

CMK2CKV2ULK

CMA2JSM2

SCGSCGJSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

FCD

SCM

20

25

32

40

20

30

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

25

32

40

50

63

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM

10

12

12

14

10

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

12

16

16

20

20

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

KK

M8 1

M10 1.25

M10 1.25

M12 1.5

M8 1

M10 1.25

M12 1.5

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M30 1.5

M30 1.5

M36 1.5

M40 1.5

M45 1.5

M56 2

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M30 1.5

M30 1.5

M36 1.5

M40 1.5

M5 0.8

M6 1

M8 1.25

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

M30 1.5

M30 1.5

M36 1.5

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M10 1.25

M14 1.5

M18 1.5

M18 1.5

M22 1.5

M26 1.5

C

18

20

20

22

18

20

22

19.5

27

32

32

37

37

20

26

26

34

43

47

47

53

60

69

84

20

26

26

34

43

47

47

53

60

9

10

12

15

20.5

20.5

26

26

32.5

32.5

42

42

47

20

20

20

26

26

19.5

27

32

32

37

37

A

20

23

23

25

20

23

25

22

30

35

35

40

40

22

28

28

36

45

50

50

56

63

72

88

22

28

28

36

45

50

50

56

63

10.5

12

14

17.5

23.5

23.5

28.5

28.5

35.5

35.5

45

45

50

22

22

22

28

28

22

30

35

35

40

40

Y

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

18

18

22

26

14

18

18

22

26

30

30

36

40

45

56

14

18

18

22

26

30

30

36

40

5

6

8

10

14

14

18

18

22

26

30

30

36

10

14

14

18

18

10

14

18

18

22

26

MN

8

10

10

12

8

10

12

10

14

17

17

22

27

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

46

55

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

41

5

6

8

10

14

14

17

17

22

27

30

30

36

10

14

14

17

17

10

14

18

18

22

26

MO WF

Note 1: When thread size is specified, any end nut is notattached. Y dimensions may be changed.

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on thedimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N15".When some dimensions should be changed, indicate thespecified dimensions after spelling pattern symbol "N15"and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N15C20A23This is manufactured with 20 instead of C standarddimension of 27, and 23 instead of standarddimensions of 30.When C dimensions are not specified, the product ismanufactured with standard differential dimension of (A-C).

Bore size

5

5

5

6

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

11

13

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

20

22

8

8

8

11

13

14

14

16

18

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

11

11

14

4

6

6

8

8

5.5

6

7

7

11

11

24

23

23

23

24

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

3.5

3.5

4.5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

13

13

14

5

7

7

8

8

18

20

23

23

31

31

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Page 85: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 97

Ending

Cus

tom

ord

er

Dimensions

Custom orderRod eye shape (pattern symbol "N2")

CD

MN MC MA WF

M

M

K

Y

Bore sizeSeries

CMK2

CKV2

ULK

SCG

SCG

JSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

SCM

20

25

32

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

CD

4

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

10

12

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

24

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

5

6

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

5

6

8

8

10

12

MN

4

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

10

12

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

24

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

5

6

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

5

6

8

8

10

12

MA

6

7.5

7.5

9

7.5

9

12

12

15

18

9

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

30

36

9

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

-

-

6

7.5

9

9

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

-

6

7.5

9

12

12

15

18

MC

4

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

10

12

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

24

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

5

6

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

5

6

8

8

10

12

5.4

6.6

6.6

7.8

6.6

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

19.8

19.8

22.8

25.8

28.8

34.8

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

19.8

19.8

22.8

25.8

-

-

5.4

6.6

9

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

19.8

19.8

22.8

-

5.4

6.6

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

Y

9

11

11

13

11

15

19

19

24

29

15

19

19

24

29

33

33

38

43

48

58

15

19

19

24

29

33

33

38

43

-

-

9

11

15

15

19

19

24

29

33

33

38

-

9

11

15

19

19

24

29

K

24

23

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

-

-

4.5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

13

13

14

-

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

WF

Tolerance

Symbol

CD

MN

Dimension

Tolerances at right are used uniformlyregardless of dimensions

10 or less

10 to 30

30 to 80

Tolerance

H10

-0.1-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.1-0.4

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N2". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensions after spelling pattern symbol "N2" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N2CD5MA7.5CD standard dimension is 6, but this is manufactured with 5. MA standard dimension is 9, but this is manufactured with 7.5.

Page 86: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 98

Ending

Dimensions

Custom orderRod clevis shape (pattern symbol "N21")

CD

MN MC MA WF

M

M

K

Y

Symbol Dimension Tolerance

Bore sizeSeries

CMK2

CKV2

ULK

SCG

SCG

JSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

SCM

20

25

32

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

CD

4

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

10

12

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

24

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

5

6

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

5

6

8

8

10

12

MN

4

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

10

12

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

24

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

5

6

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

5

6

8

8

10

12

MA

6

7.5

7.5

9

7.5

9

12

12

15

18

9

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

30

36

9

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

-

-

6

7.5

9

9

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

-

6

7.5

9

12

12

15

18

MC

4

5

5

6

5

6

8

8

10

12

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

24

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

5

6

6

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

5

6

8

8

10

12

5.4

6.6

6.6

7.8

6.6

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

19.8

19.8

22.8

25.8

28.8

34.8

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

19.8

19.8

22.8

25.8

-

-

5.4

6.6

9

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

19.8

19.8

22.8

-

5.4

6.6

9

11.4

11.4

14.4

17.4

Y

9

11

11

13

11

15

19

19

24

29

15

19

19

24

29

33

33

38

43

48

58

15

19

19

24

29

33

33

38

43

-

-

9

11

15

15

19

19

24

29

33

33

38

-

9

1

15

19

19

24

29

K

24

23

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

-

-

4.5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

13

13

14

-

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

WF

Tolerance

CD

MN

Tolerances at right are used uniformlyregardless of dimensions

10 or less

10 to 30

30 to 80

H10

+0.2+0.1+0.3+0.1+0.4+0.1

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N21". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensions after spelling pattern symbol "N21" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N21CD5MA7.5CD standard dimension is 6, but this is manufactured with 5. MA standard dimension is 9, but this is manufactured with 7.5.

Page 87: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 99

Ending

Cus

tom

ord

er

Custom orderRod end slit carved (pattern symbol "N3")

Dimensions

Bore sizeSeries

CMK2

CKV2

ULK

SCG

SCG

JSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

SCM

20

25

32

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

K

6

7.2

7.2

8.4

7.2

9.6

12

12

15

18

9.6

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

30

36

9.6

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

-

-

6

7.2

9.6

9.6

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

-

6

7.2

9.6

12

12

15

18

C

4

4.8

4.8

5.6

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

22

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

4.8

6.4

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

A

4

4.8

4.8

5.6

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

22

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

4.8

6.4

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

Y

8

10

10

12

10

14

18

18

22

27

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

46

56

14

18

18

22

27

32

32

36

41

-

-

8

10

14

14

18

18

22

27

33

33

38

-

8

10

14

18

18

22

27

24

23

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

-

-

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

16

16

17

-

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

WF

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N3". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensionsafter spellingpattern symbol "N3" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N3WF25WF standard dimension is 20, but this is manufactured with 25.

M

M

Y

WFCA

K

+0.2+0.1

0-0.2

Page 88: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Custom orderRod end slit carved sphere R (pattern symbol "N31")

Dimensions

M

M

K S Y

WFCA +0.2+0.1

0-0.2

Bore sizeSeries

CMK2

CKV2

ULK

SCG

SCG

JSG

SCA2

SCS

JSC3

SSD

SCM

20

25

32

40

32

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

200

250

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

MM

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

6

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

8

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

K

6

7.2

7.2

8.4

7.2

9.6

12

12

15

18

9.6

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

30

36

9.6

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

27

-

-

6

7.2

9.6

9.6

12

12

15

18

21

21

24

-

6

7.2

9.6

12

12

15

18

C

4

4.8

4.8

5.6

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

22

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

4.8

6.4

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

A

4

4.8

4.8

5.6

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

20

22

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

18

-

-

4

4.8

6.4

6.4

8

8

10

12

14

14

16

-

4

4.8

6.4

8

8

10

12

S

10

12

12

14

12

16

20

20

25

30

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

50

60

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

45

-

-

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

30

35

35

40

-

10

12

16

20

20

25

30

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

-

-

0.5

0.5

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

-

0.5

0.5

1

1

1

1

1

Y

24

23

23

23

25

21

23

23

32

32

33.5

37

35

48

53

65

67

71

78

88

94

30

34

30

43.5

48

55

57

71.5

78.5

-

-

4.5

5

7

7

8

8

10

12

16

16

17

-

18

18

20

23

23

31

31

WF

When manufacturing with dimensions listed on the dimension table, indicate pattern symbol "N31". When some dimensions should be changed, indicate the specified dimensionsafter spelling pattern symbol "N31" and a dimensional symbol.

Example SCM-00-40B-200-N31WF25WF standard dimension is 20, but this is manufactured with 25.

Ending 100

Ending

Page 89: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Systems

Ending 102

SCP*2

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS

CKV2

CA/OV2

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMD2

MSD*

FC*

STK

ULK*

JSK/M2

JSG

JSC3

USSD

USC

JSB3

LMB

STG

STS/L

LCS

LCG

LCM

LCT

LCY

STR2

UCA2

HCM

HCA

SRL2

SRG

SRM

SRT

MRL2

MRG2

SM-25

CAC3

UCAC

RCC2

MFC

SHC

GLC

Ending

Components for clean room specifications

Catalog No. CB-033SA

Compatible with a diverse range and level of clean room cleanliness

Accurately producing ultra clean airModel circuit of clean blow system

Main line filter

Exhaust treatment

Filter

Pressure gauge

Inside clean roomDifferential pressure gauge

Oil removing filter Regulator

Flow rate sensor

Solenoid valve for air blow

Needle valve Final filter

Clean air blow is ensured by installing a filter at the end.

Ver.2Catalog No.CB-033SA 

Pneumatic cylinderElectric driven sliderDirectional switching

valveF.R.unit

Auxiliary componentsElectronics components

Valve for air blow

1

Pneumatic components for clean room specification

Page 90: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Systems

Ending 103

Ending

Sys

tem

s

Air operated component system circuit configuration

Zero particle generation with vacuum and exhaust treatment

Switching valve

Switchingvalve

Clean room inside

Switchingvalve

Cylinder

Cylinder

Cylinder

Cylinder

Exhaust treatment

Screw typeair compressor

Main line filter

Refrigeratingtype dryer

Filter

Differential pressure gauge Differential pressure gauge Pressure gauge

Exhaust treatment

Vacuum treatment

Vacuum treatment

Speed controlvalve

Speed controlvalve

Speed control valve

Speed control valve

Oil removingfilter

Oil removingfilter

Filter

Switchingvalve

Standard cylinder

Guided cylinder

Regulator

Exhaust treatment type

Vacuum treatment type

Low particle occurrence exhaust treatment type

Low particle generating vacuum treatment type

P71 Series P51 Series

P7 Series P5 Series

P72 Series P52 Series

P73 Series P53 Series

Guided cylinder

Standard cylinder

Double rod packing is incorporated. Dust is exhausted outside the clean room from the pipe connected to the relief port at the middle section.

Double rod packing is incorporated as with the standard cylinder. Dust is exhausted outside the clean room from the pipe connected to the relief port at the middle section. Low-dust grease is used in the sliding section (piston rod, guide rod).

As with the standard cylinder, a relief port is provided at the sliding section of the piston rod on the outside of rod packing. Low-dust grease is used in the sliding section (piston rod, guide rod).

A relief port is provided at the sliding section of the piston rod on the outer side of rod packing. Dust is vacuumed from this port and forced out and exhausted.

Page 91: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 110

Ending

High rates of lightning (electric discharge)

Turbo compressor(Dry air)

Strong sun rays

Down wash (in-flow)

Inlets and lake (reflection)

PlantPurity atmosphere

Factory environments easily affected by ozone

Pneumatic components affected by ozone

Piping hose

Diaphragm of regulator and valve seat Valve seat of air blow valve

Repeated stress accelerates rubber deterioration High air flow at orifice

Page 92: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 111

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

Ozone proof component selection range

Compressor

After cooler

Tank Dryer

Main line filter

Regulator

Filter

Filter

Lubricator

Ejector

Pad

valve

Cylinder

Speed control valve

Compressed air source

Compressed air control system

Controls

Range for selection ozone proof components

Actuator

A typical pneumatic component consist of the following devices.

Devices in require ozone measures.

Safety precautionsOzone-proof components use fluorine rubber or hydrogen nitrile rubber for rubber parts. Special working environment and working conditions different from the standard part are considered when evaluating performance and life.

Page 93: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 112

Ending

Each products variation

1. Pneumatic cylinder

Available as standard.

2. Pneumatic valves

Pneumatic valves are available as indicated below. Option Ozone-proof specifications are available as an option.

-P11 Parts are available as ozone-proof specifications by adding -P11 to the end of the model. (Custom order)

Ozone countermeasures

The material of rubber parts differs from standard parts. (Dimensions are same as standard. )

4, 5 port valve

3 port valve

4, 5 port valve

3 port valve

4 port valve

3 port valve

4G *

M4G *

MN4G *

3G *

M3G *

MN3G *

W4GB2*

MW4G 2*

MW3GA2*

MN4E0*

MN3E0*

Selectable with option symbol A

Example) Discrete

[Model No.] [Polenoid position] - [Port size] - [Electric connection] [Option] A - [Voltage]

Example) Manifold

[Model No.] [Solenoid position] - [Port size] - [Electric connection] [Option] A - [Station No.] - [Voltage]

Option applicable model

-P11 applicable model

4G Series

W4G2 Series

MN4E0 Series

Model no.Series How to order

How to order

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

ABZ

5 port valve

5 port valve

3 port valve

4 port valve

3 port valve

4, 5 port valve

3 port valve

3 port valve

3 port valve

4S 0*

M4S 0*

4S 1*

M (D) 4S 1*

3SA1*

M (D) 3SA1*

MN4S0*

MT4S0*

MN3S0*

MT3S0*

4K *

M4K *

MN4KB*

3KA*

M3KA*

3M 0*

M3M 0*

3P *

M3P *

Available by adding -P11 to the end of the model. (Custom order)

Example) Discrete

[Model No.] [Solenoid position] - [Port size] - [Manual override] [Electric connection] [Option] - [Voltage] -P11

Example) Manifold

[Model No.] [Solenoid position] - [Port size] - [Manual override] [electric connection] [Option] - [Station No.] - [Voltage] -P11

4S0 Series

4S1 Series

MN4S0 Series

4K Series

3M Series

3P Series

Model no.SeriesAB

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

AB

Page 94: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 113

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

4. Pneumatic auxiliary components

Pneumatic auxiliary components are available as follows: Option Ozone-proof specifications are available as an option.

-P11 Parts are available as ozone-proof specifications by adding -P11 to the end of the model. (Custom order)

Ozone countermeasures

The material of rubber parts differs from standard parts. (Dimensions are the same as standard parts.)

3.Refining and pressure adjusting components (F.R.L.)

Refer to How to order for each device (Ending 114 to 123).

5. Sensors

* The following models are available as standard parts. · Mechanical pressure switch (reed type small pressure switch) P*100 Series · Pressure switch P4000 Series

SC1 Can be selected with option symbol "X1".

SC1- (port size) -X1

Option applicable model

Speed control valve

medium bore size type

Model no.Series How to order

SC3R

SC3W

F

GW

ZW

SC3R - [Port size] - [Option] P11

SC3W - [Port size] - [Applicable tube] - [Option] P11

F [Shape] [Flow path shape] [Applicable tube] - [Port size] - P11

GW [Shape] [Applicable tube] - [Port size] - [Other combination] - P11

ZW - [Shape] [Applicable tube] - [Port size] - P11

* The following models are available as standard parts. Speed control valve SCL2/SCD2 Series, silencer SLM/SLW Series, stainless type joint ZJ Series, tube F.U.KX

-P11 applicable model

Speed control valve

direct piping, elbow type

Speed control valve

elbow type, push-in joint

Miniature joint

Joint

Joint stainless steel type

Model no.Series How to order

Page 95: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 114

Ending

JIS symbol

Filter regulator: Ozone proof

Fluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.· Port size: Rc1/8 to Rc1

W1000/W3000W4000·W8000-P11 Series

Note on model no. selection

Dimensions

Note 1: Refer to "Pneumati, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachment.

Note 2: Select options per drainage, bowl material, element, and regulator sections. When selecting options for several items, list options in order from the top.

Note 3: If "L" is selected for pressure range, a low pressure gauge (0 to 0.4MPa) is used.

Note 4: Minimum operating pressure of automatic drain is 0.1MPa for option symbol "F". Air is purged with initial drainage until pressure reaches 0.1 MPa.

Note 5: Minimum operating pressure of automatic drain is 0.15MPa for option symbol "F1".

Note 6: For "T", a gauge plug is assembled instead of a pressure gauge.

Note 7: A piping adaptor set A*00-** is attached. Note 8: The piping adapter set and C bracket cannot be used

together. Note 9: G threads and NPT threads are available for IN, OUT,

gauge port and drain discharge port (metal bowl with automatic drain).

Note 10: The adapter port size can be selected from Rc, NPT or G. Blank: Rc thread, N: NPT thread, G: Becomes G thread. (example) A8G

Note 11: If NPT is selected for the C piping thread, an NPT pressure gauge is enclosed. If an Rc or G thread is selected, an R thread pressure gauge is enclosed.

Same as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

Attachment(Attached)

G

How to order

Model no.A

Piping adapter set(Attached)Note 7Note 8

F

6 A6Z P11W1000 G49P

Ozone proofspecifications

Display unitE

OptionNote 2Note 3Note 4Note 5Note 6

D

Port thread typeC

Port sizeB

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

F

F1

FF

FF1

Blank

Z

M

Blank

Y

Blank

L

Blank

N

Blank

T

T8

6

8

10

15

20

25

Drainage

Bowl

material

Element

Pressure

range

Pressure

gauge

Relief

X1

W10

00

W30

00

W40

00

W80

00

Model no.A

OptionD

Port sizeB

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

1

Blank

N

G

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

Blank

A6*

A8*

A10*

A15*

A20*

A25*

A32*

Blank

N

G

Piping adapter set (attached)

*Adaptor screw type

Without attachment

1/8 piping adapter set

1/4 piping adapter set

3/8 piping adapter set

1/2 piping adapter set

3/4 piping adapter set

1 piping adapter set

1 1/4 piping adapter set

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

With manual drain cock

Automatic drain with manual override (NO type)

Automatic drain with manual override (NC type)

Large automatic drain with manual override (NO type)

Large automatic drain with manual override (NC type)

Polycarbonate bowl

Nylon bowl

Metal bowl

5 m

0.3 m (submicron)

0.05 to 0.85MPa

0.05 to 0.35MPa

With relief mechanism

Nonrelief type

With standard pressure gauge (G401)

Without pressure gauge (gauge port is assembled with sealed)

Pressure gauge attached option (gauge port is assembled ventilated)

IN/OUT reverse flow (right left)

Blank

B

B3

G49P

G59P

G40P

G50P

G41P

Attachment (attached)Without attachment

C type bracket

L type bracket

Pressure gauge: G49D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G59D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G40D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G50D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G41D-8-P10

Note 11

Note 10

Port thread type Note 9C

F

G

Blank

J1

Display unitMPa display, Rc thread

MPa display, NPT, G thread

E

Page 96: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 115

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

JIS symbol

Reverse filter and regulator: Ozone proof

Fluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.· Port size: Rc1/8 to Rc1

W1100/W3100W4100·W8100-P11 Series

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumati, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

(catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachment. Note 2: Select options per drainage, bowl material, element, and

regulator sections. When selecting options for several items, list options in order from the top.

Note 3: If "L" is selected for pressure range, a low pressure gauge (0 to 0.4MPa) is used.

Note 4: Positions of a check valve and pressure gauge can not be changed. If the reverse direction of IN and OUT are required, indicate "X1" in the end of optional section.

Note 5: Min. operating pressure of automatic drain is 0.1MPa for option symbol " F ". Air is purged with initial drainage until pressure reaches 0.1 MPa.

Note 6: Minimum operating pressure of automatic drain is 0.15MPa for option symbol "F1".

Note 7: For "T", a gauge plug is assembled instead of a pressure gauge.

Note 8: A piping adaptor set A*00-** is attached. Note 9: The piping adapter set and C bracket cannot be used

together. Note 10: G threads and NPT threads are available for IN, OUT,

gauge port, and drain discharge port (metal bowl with automatic drain).

Note 11: The adapter port size can be selected from Rc, NPT or G. Blank: Rc thread, N: NPT thread, G: Becomes G thread. (example) A8G

Note 12: If NPT is selected for the "C" piping thread, an NPT pressure gauge is enclosed. If an Rc or G thread is selected, an R thread pressure gauge is enclosed.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

How to order

Attachment(Attached)

G

Model no.A

Piping adapter set(Attached)Note 8Note 9

F

6 A6Z P11W1100 G49P

Ozone proofspecifications

OptionNote 2Note 3Note 4Note 5Note 6Note 7

D

Port thread typeC

Port sizeB

* Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for option.

E Display unit

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

F

F1

FF

FF1

Blank

Z

M

Blank

Y

Blank

L

Blank

N

Blank

T

T8

6

8

10

15

20

25

Drainage

Bowl

material

Element

Pressure

range

Pressure

gauge

Relief

X1

W11

00

W31

00

W41

00

W81

00

Model no.A

OptionD

Port sizeB

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

1

Port thread type

Blank

N

G

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

C

With manual drain cock

Automatic drain with manual override (NO type)

Automatic drain with manual override (NC type)

Large automatic drain with manual override (NO type)

Large automatic drain with manual override (NC type)

Polycarbonate bowl

Nylon bowl

Metal bowl

5 m

0.3 m (submicron)

0.05 to 0.85MPa

0.05 to 0.35MPa

With relief mechanism

Nonrelief type

With standard pressure gauge (G401)

Without pressure gauge (gauge port is assembled with sealed)

Pressure gauge attached option (gauge port is assembled ventilated)

IN/OUT reverse flow (right left)

Blank

A6*

A8*

A10*

A15*

A20*

A25*

A32*

Blank

N

G

Piping adapter set (attached)F

*Adaptor screw type

Without attachment

1/8 piping adapter set

1/4 piping adapter set

3/8 piping adapter set

1/2 piping adapter set

3/4 piping adapter set

1 piping adapter set

1 1/4 piping adapter set

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

Blank

B

B3

G49P

G59P

G40P

G50P

G41P

Attachment (attached)G

Without attachment

C type bracket

L type bracket

Pressure gauge: G49D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G59D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G40D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G50D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G41D-8-P10

Note 12

Note 11

Note 10

Blank

J1

Display unitE

MPa display, Rc thread

MPa display, NPT, G thread

Page 97: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 116

Ending

JIS symbol

Regulator: Ozone proof

Fluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size: Rc1/8 to Rc1

R1000/R2000/R3000R4000·R6000·R8000-P11 Series

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumati, Vacuum and Auxiliary

Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachment.

Note 2: When selecting options for several items, list options in order from the top.

Note 3: If "L" is selected for pressure range, a low pressure gauge (0 to 0.4MPa) is used.

Note 4: For "T", a gauge plug is assembled instead of a pressure gauge. Working temperature becomes 5 to 50 °C.

Note 5: A piping adaptor set A*00-** is attached. Note 6: The piping adapter set and C bracket cannot be

used together. Note 7: G and NPT threads are available for IN, OUT, and

gauge ports. Note 8: The adapter port size can be selected from Rc,

NPT or G. Blank: Rc thread, N: NPT thread, G: Becomes G thread. (example) A8G

Note 9: If NPT is selected for the "C" piping thread, an NPT pressure gauge is enclosed. If an Rc or G thread is selected, an R thread pressure gauge is enclosed.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

L

Blank

N

Blank

T

T8

6

8

10

15

20

25

Pressure

range

Pressure

gauge

Relief

X1

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

1

R30

00

R10

00

R20

00

R40

00

R60

00

R80

00

Model no.A

Piping adapter set (attached) Note 7

*Adaptor screw type

F

Without attachment

1/8 piping adapter set

1/4 piping adapter set

3/8 piping adapter set

1/2 piping adapter set

3/4 piping adapter set

1 piping adapter set

1 1/4 piping adapter set

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

Blank

A6*

A8*

A10*

A15*

A20*

A25*

A32*

Blank

N

G

Attachment (attached) Note 8G

Without attachment

C type bracket

L type bracket

B type bracket

Pressure gauge: G49D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G59D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G40D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G50D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G41D-8-P10

Blank

B

B3

B4

G49P

G59P

G40P

G50P

G41P

Display unitE

MPa display, Rc thread

MPa display, NPT, G thread

Blank

J1

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

Blank

N

G

0.05 to 0.85MPa

0.05 to 0.35MPa

With relief mechanism

Nonrelief type

With standard pressure gauge (G401)

Without pressure gauge (gauge port is assembled with sealed)

Pressure gauge attached option (gauge port is assembled ventilated)

IN/OUT reverse flow (right left)

OptionD

Port sizeB

Port thread typeC Note 7

How to order

Model no.A

Attachment (attached)G

Piping adapter set(Attached)Note 5Note 6

F

B Port size

Port thread typeC

Display unitE

OptionNote 2Note 3Note 4

D

6 A6L BP11R1000

Ozone proofspecifications

* Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for option.

Page 98: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 117

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

JIS symbol

Reverse regulator: Ozone proof

Fluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size: Rc1/8 to Rc1

R1100/R2100/R3100R4100·R6100·R8100-P11 Series

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumati, Vacuum and Auxiliary

Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachment.

Note 2: When selecting options for several items, list options in order from the top.

Note 3: If "L" is selected for pressure range, a low pressure gauge (0 to 0.4MPa) is used.

Note 4: Positions of a check valve and pressure gauge can not be changed. If the reverse direction of IN and OUT are required, indicate "X1" in the end of optional section.

Note 4: For "T", a gauge plug is assembled instead of a pressure gauge.

Note 5: A piping adaptor set A*00-** is attached. Note 6: The piping adapter set and C bracket cannot be

used together. Note 7: G and NPT threads are available for IN, OUT, and

gauge ports. Note 8: The adapter port size can be selected from Rc,

NPT or G. Blank: Rc thread, N: NPT thread, G: Becomes G thread. (example) A8G

Note 9: If NPT is selected for the "C" piping thread, an NPT pressure gauge is enclosed. If an Rc or G thread is selected, an R thread pressure gauge is enclosed.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

How to order

Model no.A

Attachment (attached)G

Piping adapter set (attached)Note 5Note 6

F

Port sizeB

Port thread typeC

Display unitE

6 A6L BP11R1100

Ozone proofspecifications

OptionNote 2Note 3Note 4

D

* Refer to "Pneumatic, vacuum and Auxiliary components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for option.

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

L

Blank

N

Blank

T

T8

6

8

10

15

20

25

Pressure

range

Pressure

gauge

Relief

X1

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

1

R31

00

R21

00

R11

00

R41

00

R61

00

R81

00

Model no.A

OptionD

Port sizeB

Piping adapter set (attached)

*Adaptor screw type

F

Without attachment

1/8 piping adapter set

1/4 piping adapter set

3/8 piping adapter set

1/2 piping adapter set

3/4 piping adapter set

1 piping adapter set

1 1/4 piping adapter set

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

Blank

A6*

A8*

A10*

A15*

A20*

A25*

A32*

Blank

N

G

0.05 to 0.85MPa

0.05 to 0.35MPa

With relief mechanism

Nonrelief type

With standard pressure gauge (G401)

Without pressure gauge (gauge port is assembled with sealed)

Pressure gauge attached option (gauge port is assembled ventilated)

IN/OUT reverse flow (right left)

Attachment (attached)G

Without attachment

C type bracket

L type bracket

B type bracket

Pressure gauge: G49D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G59D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G40D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G50D-8-P10

Pressure gauge: G41D-8-P10

Blank

B

B3

B4

G49P

G59P

G40P

G50P

G41P

Port thread type Note 7

Note 8

Note 9

Display unitE

MPa display, Rc thread

MPa display, NPT, G thread

Blank

J1

C

Rc thread

NPT thread

G thread

Blank

N

G

Page 99: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 118

Ending

Miniature regulator: Ozone proof

RB500-P11 SeriesFluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size: Push-in joint 4, 6JIS symbol

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

P

Blank

L

Blank

N

T

Blank (pressure range: blank)

Blank (pressure range: L)

G39D

Panelmount

Pressurerange

Relief

S

L

S

L

C4

C6Port size

Dir

ecti

on IN

OUT

Without nut

With nut Note 3

0.05 to 0.7MPa

0.05 to 0.35MPa

Relief type

Nonrelief type

Without pressure gauge

With pressure gauge (G29D-6-P10)

With pressure gauge (G39D-6-P04)

With pressure gauge (G39D-6-P10)

Straight

Elbow

Straight

Elbow

4

6

How to order

Pressure gaugeC

OptionB

ConnectionAModel no.

Ozone proofspecifications

Pressure gaugeC

OptionB

SSC4 P G39 P11RB500

ConnectionA

Note on model no. selection

Note 1: Refer to "Pneumatic, vacuum and Auxiliary components (catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications.

Note 2: 21 0 to 1.0MPa a pressure gauge is standard. For low pressure, 27 0 to 0.4 MPa low pressure gauge is provided.

Note 3: Indicate option symbol "P" for panel installation.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

Page 100: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 119

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

Block manifold regulator: Ozone proof

MNRB500-P11 SeriesFluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size : Push-in joint 4, 6, 8

Installation method

Ozone proofspecifications

G

Port size IN-OUTC

IN directionJoint typeB

Station numberD

OptionE

Pressure gaugeF

Installation methodG

OUT direction

Symbol Descriptions

MNRB500A

MNRB500B

S

L

S

L

C64

C66

C84

C86

C4

C6

1

2

3

4

5

Blank

L

N

T

X1

Blank

G39

Blank

D

Common supply type

Individual supply type

Straight

Elbow

Straight

Elbow

IN; 6, OUT; 4

IN; 6, OUT; 6

IN; 8, OUT; 4

IN; 8, OUT; 6

IN and OUT; 4

IN and OUT; 6

1 station

2 stations

3 stations

4 stations

5 stations

Standard products

For low pressure

Nonrelief

Without pressure gauge

Right IN

Pressure gauge (G29D-6-P10)

Low pressure gauge (for option "L") G39D-6-P04

Pressure gauge (G39D-6-P10)

DIN rail installation

Direct mount

How to order

Model no.AModel no.Note 1

A

Joint typeB

Port sizeC

Pressure gaugeNote 4

F

OptionNote 3

E

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumatic, vacuum and Auxiliary components

(catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications. Note 2: The air supply block is one station.

When using three or more stations simultaneously with the common supply, increase one supply block station for every three stations. Designate with mixed manifold specifications.

Note 3: Up to five direct mounting stations can be used. Note 4: Options and pressure gauges for each regulator block are

the same. Note 5: 21: 0 to 1.0 MPa pressure gauge is provided as standard.

Note that in use with low pressure, the 27: 0 to 0.4 MPa low-pressure gauge is selected.

Note 6: Complete mixed manifold specifications in the "Pneumatic, Vacuum, and Auxiliary Components (No. CB-024SA)" when selecting specifications other than the basic model.

5 D P11NMNRB500A SSC64 G39

MNRB500A MNRB500B

MNRB500A MNRB500BOUT

OUT

INCommon supply type

OUT

OUT

Individual supply type

IN

IN

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

Station numberNote 2

D

JIS symbol

Page 101: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 120

Ending

Precision F.R. unit: Ozone proof

7170 SeriesFluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size: Rc1/4, 3/8

Symbol Descriptions

2C

3C

Blank

E

Blank

Z

M

MG

Blank

X

Y

Blank

K

L

Blank

G

B

Rc1/4

Rc3/8

Manual cock

Flexible drain

Polycarbonate bowl

Nylon bowl

Metal bowl

Metal bowl with gauge

5 m

3 m

0.3 m

Standard

Plastic knob

For low pressure (0.01 to 0.25)

Without attachment

Pressure gauge (G59D-8-P02)

Bracket

How to order

OptionC

Port sizeB

A

OptionC

Port size

Ozone proofspecifications

B

Model no.

EZXGB LP112C

Note 2

Note 1Note 3Note 4Note 5

Drain

age

Bow

l mat

eria

lAt

tach

men

tE

lem

ent

Reg

ulat

or

7170

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

(Catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachments.

Note 2: If NPT thread is required, do not indicate nominal size C. (Example) 7170-2If a pressure gauge is selected, the NPT thread pressure gauge is enclosed.

Note 3: Two or more symbols can be selected each for "Regulator" and "Accessories."

Note 4: Drainage "E" and bowl material "M" or "MG" can not be combined.

Note 4: Drainage "E" and bowl material "M" or "MG" can not be combined.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

Page 102: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 121

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

Regulator: Ozone proof

B2019/A2000-P11 SeriesFluoro rubber or hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. is provided as rubber part materials.Port size: Rc1/8, Rc1/4

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

N

L

K

P

Blank

G

B

1C

2C

3C

Regulator

Attachment

Rc1/8

Rc1/4

Rc3/8

Miniature Compact

A20

00

B20

19

Model no.A

Standard

Nonrelief

Low pressure (0.02 to 0.34MPa)

Plastic knob

Panel mount

Without attachment

Pressure gauge

Bracket

OptionC

Port sizeB

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary

Components (Catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachments.

Note 2: When selecting the NPT thread port size, provide the C nominal. Example) B2019-1

Note 3: For the B2019, the G49D-6-P10 (G49D-6-P04 for low-pressure) pressure gauge is enclosed, and for the A2000type, the G59D-8-P10 (G59D-8-P04 for low-pressure) is enclosed.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

How to order

Model no.A

OptionNote 1Note 3

C

1C P11B2019 NPB

Ozone proofspecifications

B Port sizeNote 2

JIS symbol

Page 103: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 122

Ending

Reverse regulator (chuck valve integrated): Ozone proof

2400/2415-P11 SeriesFluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size: Rc1/8, Rc1/4

Symbol Descriptions

Blank

N

L

K

P

Blank

G

B

2C

3C

6C

8C

10C

Regulator

Attachment

Rc1/4

Rc3/8

Rc3/4

Rc1

Rc11/2

Compact Large

2415

2400

Model no.A

Standard

Nonrelief

Low pressure (0.02 to 0.34MPa)

Plastic knob

Panel mount

Without attachment

Pressure gauge (G59D-8-P02)

Bracket

OptionC

Port sizeB

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary

Components (Catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachments.

Note 2: If NPT thread is required, do not indicate nominal size C. Example) 2400-2

Note 3: The G59D-8-P10 (G59D-8-P04 for low pressure) pressure gauge is enclosed.

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

How to order

Model no.A

OptionNote 1Note 3

C

2C P112400 NLGB

Ozone proofspecifications

B Port sizeNote 2

JIS symbol

Page 104: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 123

Ending

Ozo

ne p

roof

Precision regulator: Ozone proof

2100-P11 SeriesFluoro rubber and hydrogenated nitrile rubber, etc. used for rubber part materials.Port size: Rc1/4, Rc3/8JIS symbol

Symbol Descriptions

K

P

Blank

G

B

2C

3C

Regulator

Attachment

Rc1/4

Rc3/8

Plastic knob

Panel mount

Without attachment

Pressure gauge (G59D-8-P02)

Bracket

OptionB

Port sizeA

Note on model no. selectionNote 1: Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary

Components (Catalog No. CB-024SA)" for specifications and attachments.

Note 2: If NPT thread is required, do not indicate nominal size C. Example) 2100-2-L

DimensionsSame as standard products. Refer to "Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components (catalog No. CB-024SA)".

How to order

Model no.

OptionNote 3

B

2C L K P112100

Ozone proofspecifications

A Port sizeNote 2

Page 105: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 126

Ending

Oil-prohibited cylinderMedium bore size cylinder SCA2-P12Brake cylinder JSC3-P12Compact cylinder SSD-K-P12Eliminate grease splatter!

The oil-prohibited cylinder is suitable for use in painting lines where oil could cause painting faults, such as uneven colors, or in environments such as food manufacturing lines where splattered grease could cause problems.

Overview White Vaseline for chemicals

Non-polluting white Vaseline for chemicals is used. Solid lubricant bearings

Instead of typical oil- impregnated bearings, solid lubricant bearings that do not contain oil are used.

Features

Oil-prohibited cylinder

Model no. Mounting style CushionActuation Standard stroke lengthmm

Port sizeRc

Max. working pressureMPa

Min. working pressureMPa

Bore sizemm

SCA2-P12JSC3-P12

SSD-K-P12

Double

acting

Double

acting

high load

40

50

63

80

100

40

50

63

80

100

50, 75, 100,150, 200,250, 300,350, 400,450, 500

10, 20, 30, 40,50, 60, 70, 80,90, 100

10, 15, 20, 25, 30,40, 50, 60, 70, 80,90, 100

Basic typeAxial foot typeRod end flange typeHead end flange typeSpecial head end flange typeEye bracket typeClevis bracket typeCenter trunnion typeRod end trunnion typeHead end trunnion type

Axial foot type

Clevis bracket type

Use of air cushions

selectable

Rubber cushion 1.0

1.0

1.0

0.05

SCA2: 0.051/4

1/2

1/8

3/8

3/8

1/4

00LBFAFBFCCACBTCTATB

LB

CB

JSC3Cylinder section: 0.1Brake section: 0.3

Page 106: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 127

Ending

Pro

duct

gui

de

(How to order)

SCA2 40 BLB R0200

Bore sizeModel no. B

Mounting style

A CushionC

R J I

Stroke lengthD Switch quantityF OptionG

Switchmodel no.

E AccessoryH

With switch

SCA2 40 BLB 200

P12

P12J IWithout switch(Medium bore size cylinder SCA2 Series)

For details on the model, refer to page 431 (SCA2 Series), page 1287 (JSC3 Series), or page 748 (SSD-K Series).

Oil-prohibited specifications

JSC3 40 BLB R0200 P12

Bore sizeModel no. B

Mounting style

A CushionC

R J I

Stroke lengthD Switch quantityF OptionG

Switchmodel no.

E AccessoryHOil-prohibited specifications

With switch

JSC3 40 BLB 200 P12J IWithout switch

(Brake cylinder JSC3 Series)

SSD-KL 40 50 TOH P12

Bore sizeModel no. A

R N

Stroke lengthB Switch quantityD

OptionESwitchmodel no.

C

Oil-prohibited specifications

With switch

SSD-K 40 50 P12NWithout switch(Compact cylinder high load type SSD-K Series)

Product guide

Page 107: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 128

Ending

Specifications

Medium and super large part transfer unit handling system (flexibly combined transfer unit is realized)

SHS5020 series system configuration

SHS5020 Series unit specifications (standard combination table)

Model no.

Load capacity (horizontal)

Cylinder bore size

Stroke length

Repeatability

Maximum speed

Working pressure

Position detection sensor

Allowable moment

Adjustable stroke

Model no.

Load capacity (vertical)

Cylinder bore size

Stroke length

Repeatability

Maximum speed

Working pressure

Position detection sensor

Allowable moment

Ball bush diameter

Adjustable stroke

Model no.

Effective sectional area

X-axis module

Minimum speed

Minimum stroke

Working pressure

Power voltage

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm/s)

(MPa)

(N·m)

(mm)

(kg)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm/s)

(MPa)

(N·m)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm2)

(mm/s)

(mm)

(MPa)

Catalog No.

SUH-1-20 SUH-1-40 SUH-1-60

20

25

200 to 2000

40

40

60

50

500 to 2000

0.05

500 (when using 1000 shock absorbing valve)

0.3 to 0.7

24 VDC 2 wire proximity switch (proximity)

Full stroke length40 70 120

HRL-1-10 HRL-1-15 HRL-1-25 HRL-1-50

10

25

10

13

15

32

15

16

25

40

35

20

50

50

65

25

50 to 300

0.05

500

0.3 to 0.7

24 VDC 2 wire T type switch

0 to -10 (extend)

SKH-3

24

SUH-1-20, 40

SKH-4

45

SUH-1-60

500

800

0.3 to 0.7

100 VAC 2000 VAC 24 VDC

X-a

xis

mod

ule

Z-a

xis

mod

ule

Sho

ck a

bsor

bing

val

ve

Model no. SHS-1-2010 SHS-1-2015 SHS-1-4015 SHS-1-4025 SHS-1-6025 SHS-1-6050 Catalog No.

Load capacity

Basic unit

Maximum speed

Repeatability

Allowable moment

Stroke length

Cable bearer model no.

(kg)

(mm/s)

(mm)

(mm)

(N·m)

X axis

Z axis

X axis

Z axis

X axis

Z axis

10

HRL-1-10

10

SUH-1-20

200 to 2000

15 15 25 25 50

HRL-1-15

15

TKP0450-2BR50 (TSUBAKIMOTO)

SUH-1-40

500 (when using 1000 shock absorbing valve)

300

0.1

50 to 300

HRL-1-25

35

500 to 2000

HRL-1-50

65

SUH-1-60

TKP0450-3BR50 (TSUBAKIMOTO)

CC-N-340

For Z-axis module, position locking mechanism is also provided on the head side as option. Z-axis module is also used for horizontal transferring, pushing, and removing workpieces. Please consult with CKD about details.

SKH

HRL

SUH

Consult with CKD about specifications and stroke length other than the table above.

CC-N-340

Product guide

Page 108: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 129

Ending

Pro

duct

gui

de

CELLCON cylinder/CELLCON hydraulic cylinder

Model no. Mounting stylePort size Rc Max. working pressure MPa Min. working pressure MPa

ActuationStandard

stroke lengthmm

Max.stroke length

mm Cylinder section Brake section Cylinder section Cylinder sectionBrake section Brake sectionCatalog

No.Bore size

mm

CC-N-61

Booster (high hydraulics pressre can be achieved by only pneumatics)

Model no. Bore sizemm

Pneumatic port sizeRc

Boosting ratioGenerated pressure

when 0.5MPa

Oil discharging capacity

ccHydraulics port size

RcCushion

CatalogNo.

B- 80-11

B-120-25

B-160-25

100

160

160

11.0

25.8

25.8

55

128

128

80

120

160

None

B Series

1/2 1/4

Air hydraulic booster

Model no. Bore sizemm

Max. working pressureMPa

Min. working pressureMPa

Boosting ratioGenerated hydraulics

(0.5MPa)MPa

Rapid feed dischargecm3 (min. to max.)

High pressure dischargecm3 (min. to max.)

CatalogNo.

AHB

50

100

160

1.0 0.2

1:13

1:25

1:4

1:16

1:30

1:4

1:16

1:28

65

125

20

80

150

20

80

140

90 to 360

94 to 366

294 to 1,176

370 to 1,480

750 to 3,000

940 to 3,760

950 to 3,800

7 to 28

3.5 to 14

95 to 380

22 to 88

11 to 44

240 to 960

60 to 240

33 to 132

CC-N-61

JCC2JCC2-H

JCC3JCC3-H

PCU2

Double

acting

Double

acting

Double

acting

20

30

40

40

50

63

80

100

125

140

160

180

40

50

63

80

100

20,50

75

100

150

200

50

75

100

150

200

300

400

500

50

75

100

150

200

300

400

500

700

600

700

800

900

600

700

800

00

LB

FA

CA

TB

00

LB

FA

FB

CA

CB

TC

TA

TB

00

LB

FA

FB

CA

CB

TC

TA

TB

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

3/4

1/4

3/8

1/2

M5 0.8

1/8

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

0.7

1.0

0.2 1.0

0.6

0.7

1.0

0.15

0.05

0.1

0.35

0.3

CC-269

Basic type

Axial foot type

Rod end flange type

Eye bracket type

Head end flange type

Basic type

Axial foot type

Rod end flange type

Head end flange type

Eye bracket type

Clevis bracket type

Center trunnion type

Rod end flange type

Head end flange type

Basic type

Axial foot type

Rod end flange type

Head end flange type

Eye bracket type

Clevis bracket type

Center trunnion type

Rod end flange type

Head end flange type

Product guide

Page 109: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 132

Ending

1 Element of symbol(a) Symbol element

(c) Mechanical element

(b) Functional element

Name Symbol Applications Remarks

LineContinuous line

Broken line

Dashed line

Double line

CircleLarge circle

Medium circle

(1) Main line(2) Air supply line

to pilot valve(3) Electric signals line

(1) Pilot operationline

(2) Drain line(3) Filter(4) Valve switching

positionEnvelopment line

Mechanical connection

Energy converter

(1) Instrumentation(2) Rotation joint

Return lineincluded

Others: Indicatethe electricalsymbol to identifyfrom the pipingpathInternal pilotExternal pilot

Envelopment lineindicating unit withmore than one functionRotary shaft,lever, piston rod,etc.

Pump, compressor,electric motor, etc.

Small circle

Point

(1) Check valve(2) Link(3) Roller

(1) Connection of line(2) Shaft of roller

Name Symbol Applications Remarks

Equilateral triangle

Name Symbol Remarks

Rod

Rotary shaft

Detent

Latch

2 direction operationArrow indication is optional2 direction operationArrow indication is optional

2 direction operationVertical line on notchindicates clamp

1 direction operation Symbol showsrelease method.

Fluid energy directionType of fluidEnergy source display

Roller: Put a point on the center.

Half circle

Painted

White

Hydraulics

Compressed air andother gas pressure

Including emission to atmosphere medium

Arrow displayStraight oroblique line

Curve

Oblique line

(1) Linear movement(2) Fluid flow path

and direction in valve

(3) Heat flow direction

Rotary motion

Variable operationor adjustment method

Arrow indicates the rotational direction viewed from a free end of a shaft

Draw oblique line with appropriate lengthSuch as pump, spring or variable solenoid

Other Electric

Closed path orclosed port

Solenoid

Temperature instructionor adjustment

Driving motor

Spring

Needle valve

Mnemonic symbol of valve seat of check valve

Use the following symbols when AC and DC identification is required:

Two tops is preferable

Pump or actuator whose turning angle is limited

Square The port intersects vertically with the side.

The port intersects with the corner.Filter, drain separator, lubricator, heat exchanger etc.

(1) Fluid control components

(2) Driving motor other than electric motor

Fluid adjustment components

(1) Cushion in cylinder

(2) Weight in accumulator

Rectangle (1) Cylinder(2) Valve

Piston

Specific operation method

OtherHollow type (large)

Hollow type (low)

Oil tank (ventilation type)

Local display of oil tank (ventilation type)

Capsuletype

(1) Oil tank(closed type)

(2) Pneumatics tank

(3) Accumulator(4) Auxiliary

gas vessel

JIS symbol list

Closed path Port

Refer to No. 7

Refer to No. 3 (a)

JIS

Page 110: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 133

Ending

JIS

sym

bol

• 2 direction operation

Over center mechanism

Name Symbol Remarks

• Performing air vent continuously

• Performing air vent in the specified period, then closing.

• Performing air vent by using check mechanism, if required.

Air vent

Name Symbol Remarks

• Pneumatics dedicated

• Without connecting port

• With connecting port

• Without check valve

• With check valve(Self sealant joint)

Quick joint

Connection state Removing state

Exhaust port

• Swivel and rotary joint

• 1 direction rotation

• 2 direction rotation

Rotation joint

1 line

3 lines

(b) Connecting port

2 Line and port(a) Line

3 directional control valve(a) Operation

• Not connected

• Hose (normally connected to movable portion)

Connection

Cross

Flexible line

Name Symbol Remarks

• General symbols when the operation method is not indicated or when the number of operation directions is not specified

• 1 direction operation

• 1 direction operation

• 2 direction operation

Manual control

Pushbutton

Pull-button

Push/pull button

Name No. Symbol Remarks

10

11

12

13

• 2 direction operation (including rotary motion)

• 1 direction operation (including rotary motion)

• 2 direction operation (including rotary motion)

Lever

Pedal

Double pedal

Name No. Symbol Remarks

14

15

16

• 1 direction operation

• 2 direction operation

• 1 direction operation

• 2 direction operation

• Arrow shows operation direction. Indication may be omitted.

• 1 direction operation

Mechanical controlplunger

Variable stroke length limitter

Spring

Roller

Pull roller

2021

22

23

24

25

• Solenoid, torque motor, etc.

• 1 direction operation• The oblique line can slant

downward to the right.

• 2 direction operation• The oblique line can

spread upward.

Electrical control

Direct electric actuator

Single acting solenoid

Double acting solenoid

30

31

32

• 1 direction operation• Proportional type

solenoid• Force motor etc.• 2 direction operation• Torque motor

• 2 direction operation• Electric motor

* JIS covers pilot operation, but the valve is typically used as a solenoid valve, so the transfer symbol (36) and (37) has been used for the electric operation classification.

Single-acting variable solenoid actuatorDouble acting variable solenoid actuatorRotary electricactuator

Indirect electricactuator

Single actingsolenoid

Double actingsolenoid

33

34

35

36

37

41

43

44

• When different pressurized areas, if required, indicate the number showing are ratio.

• Operation flow path is provided in inside of device.

• Operation flow path is provided out of device.

Pilot operationDirect pilotoperation

Internal pilot

External pilot

40

JIS

Page 111: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 134

Ending

Name No. Symbol Remarks

No.No. ofport Position

Status of normalposition

Symbol Remarks

Indirect pressure control operation

Pressurizedoperation method

Pneumaticspilot

Electromagnetic, pneumaticspilot

Electromagnetic, pneumatics pilotwith manual override Direct acting normally closed

pushbutton and spring• Return

Direct acting normally openpushbutton and spring• Return

Direct acting normally closedpushbutton and spring• Return

Direct acting normally openpushbutton and spring• Return

Direct acting normally closedpull-button, spring• Return

Direct acting normally openpull-button, spring• Return

Direct acting normally closedpull-button, spring• Return

Direct acting normally openpull-button, spring• Return

Direct acting normally closedpush/pull button

Direct acting normally openpush/pull button

Direct acting normally closedpush/pull button

Direct acting normally openpush/pull button

2

2

3

3

4

5

4

5

4

5

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

Normallyclosed

Normallyopen

Normallyclosed

Normallyopen

Normallyclosed

Normallyopen

P/B connection

P/B connection

All ports closed

All ports closed

A/B/R connection

A/B/R connection

42

36

36

10

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

(b) Directional control valve basic type

(c) Manual control valve

No.No. ofport

Solenoidposition

Status of normalposition

Symbol Remarks

4

5

3

3

P/A/B connection

P/A/B connection

K

L

Name

Basic type and operator typeSymbol

Combination symbol

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

11

11

11

11

12

12

12

No. o

f por

t

Sol

enoi

d po

sitio

n

Basic

type

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

13

13

13

13

23

23

23

23

23

23

23

12 23

1 324

5

Note) Numerals indicate JISB8375 (ISO5599).

1 3

24

1 3

4 2

4 2

5 31

4 2

5 31

4 2

5 31

31

24

Note) Numerals indicate of JISB8375 (ISO5599).

31

24

• Internal pilot• No primary operation

• Primary operation by single-acting solenoid

• Internal pilot* The valve is typically

used as a solenoid valve, so transfer symbols in the

s are used for transfer symbols.

• Valve with manual override added to the above operation

30

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

JIS

Page 112: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 135

Ending

JIS

sym

bol

SymbolBasic type and operator type

No. o

f por

t

No. o

f posi

tion

Basic

type

Combination symbolName

SymbolBasic type and operator type

No. o

f por

t

No. o

f posi

tion

Basic

type

Combination symbolName

SymbolBasic type and operator type

(d) Mechanical control valve

No. o

f por

t

No. o

f posi

tion

Basic

type

Combination symbolName

Direct acting normally closedlever, spring,return

2 2 14 A 23

Direct acting normally openlever, spring,return

2 2 14 B 23

Direct acting normally closedlever, spring,return

3 2 14 C 23

Direct acting normally openlever, spring,return

3 2 14 D 23

2 2 14 A 3Direct acting leverwith detent

3 2 14 C 3Direct acting leverwith detent

2 2 14 A 4Direct acting leverwith latch

3 2 14 C 4Direct acting leverwith latch

2 2 15 A 23Direct acting normally closedpedal, spring,return (foot valve)

2 2 15 B 23Direct acting normally openpedal, spring,return

3 2 15 C 23Direct acting normally closedpedal

3 2 15 D 23Direct acting normally openpedal

2 2 16 ADirect acting double pedal(foot valve for both foot)

3 2 16 CDirect acting double pedal(foot valve for both foot)

4 2 11 E 23Direct acting pushbuttonspring and return

Direct acting pushbuttonspring and return

5 2 11 F 23

Direct acting both sides operationpushbutton

4 2 11 E 11

Direct acting both sides operationpushbutton

5 2 11 F 11

Direct actingpush/pull button

4 2 13 E

Direct actingpush/pull button

5 2 13 F

4 3 14 G 3Direct acting closed centerwith lever and detent

5 3 14 H 3Direct acting closed centerwith lever and detent

4 2 15 E 23Direct acting pedalspring and return(foot valve)

5 2 15 F 23Direct acting pedalspring and return(foot valve)

4 2 16 EDirect acting double pedal(foot valve)

5 2 16 FDirect acting double pedal(foot valve)

4 3 16 G 3Direct acting double pedalall ports closedwith detent

5 3 16 H 3Direct acting double pedalall ports closedwith detent

Direct acting normally closedplungerspring and return

2 2 21 A 23

Direct acting normally openplungerspring and return

2 2 21 B 23

(3) Item detent 1 (c)(4) Item latch 1 (c)Generally, key selectorvalve

1

24

1

1

1

1

1

1

24

24

24

24

24

24

1

1 3

24

24

15 3

1 3

15 3

24

24

24

Note) Numerals indicate JISB8375 (ISO5599).

1

14 2

4 2

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

Oper

ation

me

chan

ism

JIS

Page 113: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 136

Ending

Name Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type and operator type

No. o

f por

t

No. o

f pos

ition

Basic

type

Direct acting normally closedplunger

3 2 21 23C

Direct acting normally openplunger

3 2 21 23D

Direct acting normally closedrollerspring and return

2 2 24 23A

Direct acting normally openrollerspring and return

2 2 24 23B

Direct acting normally closedrollerspring and return

3 2 24 23C

Direct acting normally openrollerspring and return

3 2 24 23D

Direct acting normally closedsingle rollerspring and return

2 2 25 23A

Direct acting normally opensingle rollerspring and return

2 2 25 23B

Direct acting normally closedsingle rollerspring and return

3 2 25 23C

Direct acting normally opensingle rollerspring and return

3 2 25 23D

Name Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type and operator type

No. o

f por

t

No. o

f pos

ition

Basic

type

Direct acting both sides pilot 2 2 41 41A

Direct acting both sides pilot 3 2 41 41C

Direct acting pilotspring and return

4 2 41 23E

Direct acting pilotspring and return

5 2 41 23F

Direct acting both sides pilot 4 2 41 41E

Direct acting both sides pilot 5 2 41 41F

Direct acting all ports closedboth sides pilotspring and center

4 3 41 41G

Direct acting all ports closedboth sides pilotspring and center

Direct acting ABR connectionboth sides pilotspring and center

Direct acting both sides pilotA/B/R connectionspring and center

Direct acting P/A/B connectionboth sides pilotspring and center

Direct acting P/A/B connectionboth sides pilotspring and center

Indirectly operationnormally closedpilot spring and return

5 3 41

23

2341

23

23H

Name Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type and operator type

No. o

f por

t

No. o

f pos

ition

Basic

type

Direct acting pilotnormally closedspring and return

2 2 41 23A

Direct acting pilotnormally openspring and return

2 2 41 23B

Direct acting pilotnormally closedspring and return

3 2 41 23C

Direct acting pilotnormally openpilot

3 2 41 23D

* The basic valve’s center position operation symbol can be written with a leader line to the basic valve center position in the drawing.

Example

(e) Pilot operated valve

4

1

5 1 3

1

5 1 3

1 3

1 3

1 3

1 3

1 3

1 35

5

5

3

3

2

4 2

4 2

4 2

4 2

4 2

4 2

4 2

4 2

4 2

1 3

4 2

Note) Numerals indicate JISB8375 (ISO5599).

Oper

ation

m

echa

nism

Oper

ation

m

echa

nism

Oper

ation

m

echa

nism

Oper

ation

m

echa

nism

Oper

ation

m

echa

nism

Oper

ation

m

echa

nism

JIS

Page 114: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 137

Ending

JIS

sym

bol

Name

Combination symbol

Operationmechanism

Basictype

Operationmechanism

Symbol(Details and simple symbol)

No.

Check valvewithout spring

43 43A

a

b

c

d

e

Check valvewith spring

4323

43A

Pilot operationcheck valve

4143

43A

High pressure priority typeshuttle valve

Low pressure priority typeshuttle valve

Quick exhaust valve

43 43C

Name Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type andoperator type

No.

of p

ort

No. o

f pos

ition

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

Bas

ic ty

pe

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

Direct acting normally closedsingle acting solenoidspring and return

2 2 31 23A

3 2 32 C

Direct actingsingle acting solenoid

4 2 31 23E

Direct actingsingle acting solenoid

5 2 31 23F

Indirect operationsingle acting solenoidspring and return

Pressure and return

4 2 36 2343

E

Direct acting normally opensingle acting solenoidspring and return

2 2 31 23B

Direct acting normally closedsingle acting solenoid

3 2 31 23C

Direct acting normally opensingle acting solenoid

3 2 31 23D

Direct actingboth sides solenoid

2 2 31 31A

Direct actingboth sides solenoid

3 2 31 31C

For the pressure and return operation symbol, indicate the function element triangle at the edge.

Valve is closed by external pilot Simple symbol

The low pressure inlet is connected to the low-pressure priority output, and the high-pressure inlet is closed.Simple symbol

a '

Simple symbol

Simple symbol

Simple symbol

Simple symbol

Indirect operationsingle acting solenoidspring and return

Pressure and return

5 2 36 23F

Direct actingboth sides solenoid

4 2 31 31E

Position and functions of valving element is specified.

(f) Reverse not go shuttle and exhaust valve (g) Solenoid valve

1 3

4 2

5 1

4 2

1 3

45 1 3

4 2

1 3

4 2

2

3

Note) Numerals indicate JISB8375 (ISO5599).

Direct actingdouble acting solenoid

Use this when the relationship to the electric signal need not be indicated.

* *

*

*

*

*

JIS

Page 115: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 138

Ending

Name Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type andoperator type

No.

of p

ort

No. o

f pos

ition

Bas

ic ty

pe

Direct actingdouble acting solenoid

4 2 E

31 31

3231

31

FDirect actingboth sides solenoid

5 2

32

32

FDirect actingdouble acting solenoid

5 2

36 36EIndirect operationboth sides solenoid

4 2

37 EIndirect operationdouble acting solenoid

4 2

36 36FIndirect operationboth sides solenoid

5 2

3123

3123

GDirect acting all portsblockboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

4 3

3123

3123

HDirect acting all portsblockboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

5 3

3123

3123

IDirect acting A/B/R connectionboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

4 3

3123

3123

JDirect acting A/B/R connectionboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

5 3

31 31KDirect acting P/A/B connectionboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

4 3

37 FIndirect operationdouble acting solenoid

5 2

As stated above, JIS stipulates that this is not required if the relationship to the electrical signal need not be indicated. can be indicated as - -, which is the abbreviation of .

Name Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type andoperator type

No.

of p

ort

No. o

f pos

ition

Bas

ic ty

pe

Direct acting PABboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers used together

5 3 3123 43

1023 43

3623 43

3143 23

L

Indirect operation A/B/R connectionboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers used together

4 3 3623 43

3643 23

I

Indirect operation A/B/R connectionboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers used together

5 3 3623 43

3643 23

J

Indirect acting A/B/Rboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers pilot manualoverride

4 3 36 3610 1023 23

K

Indirect acting A/B/Rboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers with manual override

5 3 36 3610 1023 23

L

31

2336

2336

1043 23

31LDirect acting P/A/B connectionboth sides solenoidwith manual override

GIndirect operationall ports closedboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

4 3

2336HIndirect operation

all ports closedboth sides solenoidspring/pressure centers

5 3

If the diagram is difficult to read when all symbols are indicated on both ends, separate symbols.

Note) Numerals are indication of JISB8375 (ISO5599).

1

4 2

3

15

4 2

4 2

4 2

3

15 3

1 3

1 3

4 2

5 1

4 2

3

1 3

4

5 1 3

2

4

1

4

5 1

4

1 3

4 2

4

2

3

5 3

2

3

2

5 1

4 2

1 3

4 2

5 1

4 2

1 3

4

5 1

4 2

1 3

4

5 1 3

4

5 1

4 2

3

2

2

3

2

3

3

2

1

*

*

*

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

JIS

Page 116: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 139

Ending

JIS

sym

bol

Name

Name

Relief valve Direct acting or generalSymbol

Pilot operation typerelief valve

Symbol Remarks

Combination symbol

SymbolBasic type andoperator type

No.

of p

ort

No. o

f pos

ition

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

Bas

ic ty

pe

Ope

ratio

n m

echa

nism

(Proportional control valve)Direct actingproportional electromagnetic flow control valve

2 33 23A

• In simple symbols, operation method and valve's state are not indicated

• Normally, there is no completely closed status

Reference: Followed JISB8368 names. In JISB01421984, the head is on the cap side and the rod side is on the head side.

• With variable needle valve

• One direction is free flow, while the other direction is controlled flow

Direct actingproportional electromagnetic flow control valve

3 33 23C

(Servo valve)Direct actingelectromagnetic servo controlspring/pressure center

4 3423

23G

Direct actingelectromagnetic servo controlspring/pressure center

5 3623

23H

Regulator Nonrelief type

Regulator with relief

Pilot operation type regulator

Regulator with filter

Regulator with check valve

Sequence valve

Proportional electromagnetic pressure control valve

Name

Metering valveVariable metering valve

Details symbol

Simple symbol

Stop valve

Symbol Remarks

Speed control valve

Metering valve

Metering valve with silencer

Single acting cylinder

Details symbol Simple symbol

Name Symbol Remarks

Single acting cylinder(with spring)

(1) Single rod type(2) Double rod type

Double acting cylinder

Double acting telescope type cylinder

Cylinder withadjustable stroke(Head end)

Cylinder withadjustable stroke(Rod end)

• Example of meter-outwith speed control valve

5 Speed control valve

6 Cylinder and motor4 Pressure control valve

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

4

1 3

15 3

2

4 2

Note) Numerals are indication of JISB8375 (ISO5599).

• Extend type• Single rod type• Exhaust to

atmosphere

• Single rod type(1) Rod extended by

spring force(2) Rod retracted by

spring force

JIS

Page 117: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 140

Ending

Name

Hydraulics (power) source • General symbols

Symbol Remarks

(1) General symbols

(2) With magnet

(3) With clogging indicator

• Describe the braking method if required.

* Symbol showing how to release

(1) Head end

(2) Rod endNote: Nominal values

follow JISB83681999.

• Pneumatics• Constant angle• 2 direction oscillation type• Drawings of arrows to

indicate relationship of the shaft rotation direction and flow direction are optional.

Pneumatics (power) source • General symbols

Electric motor

Name

Filter

Symbol Remarks

(1) Manual discharge

(2) Automatic emission

Filterwith drain discharger

(1) Manual discharge

(2) Automatic emission

(1)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Oil mist separator

(1) Manual discharge

(2) Automatic emission

(3) Deodorization filter

Micro mistseparator

(1) Manual discharge

(2) Automatic emission

Drain discharger

Air dryer

(1) Water cooling type(When not showing water line)

(2) Water cooling type(When showing water line)

(3) Air cooling type

Heat exchangerCooler

Tie rod cylinder with brake

Name Symbol Remarks

Cylinder with end lock

(1)

(2)

• Specify a and b contact

Cylinder with switch

• Example of push type during energizing

Cylinderwith valve

• 1 direction flow• 1 direction rotation

type

• 2 direction flow• 2 direction rotation

type

Air motor

Oscillator

Non-rotating cylinder

Rodless cylinder

8 Air adjustment component

7 Power and tank

Name

Driving motor (Excluding electric motor)

Symbol Remarks

Air tank

JIS

Page 118: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 141

Ending

JIS

sym

bol

All volume typeSelection type

The vertical arrow indicates a discharger.

Details symbol• Filter with manual

discharge valve• Nonrelief type

regulator• An example of direct

type lubricator is indicated.

Lubricator

Name Symbol Remarks

Pneumatics adjustment unit

Oil mist separatorfor exhaust air

Noise reduction device

Oil injector

Name Symbol Remarks

Limit switch

• Since Z 8207Air ejector

Pneumatics counter

• Simple indicator without measurement

Pressure indicator

Pressure gauge

Differential pressure gauge

Thermometer

Galvanoscope

Flow meter

Integrated flow gauge

Rotation speed gauge

Torque gauge

(1) Single acting

(2) Continuous type

Pneumatic - hydraulic converter

• When pressure ratio 1:2• 2 class fluid(1) Single acting

(2) Continuous type

Name Symbol Remarks

Booster

Pressure ratio 1: 2Booster valve

Delay valve

Alarm

Can be indicated as follows if drawing could not be misread:

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(Example)

Pressure switch

9 Auxiliary components and other components

(Refer to JISB0125-1: 2001 and JPAS010.)Note: mark is an original JPAS010 symbol.

Use is limited to those indicated.

Simple symbol

Details symbol

Can be indicated as follows if drawing could not be misread:

• Indicate with a compound symbol based on the mechanism

JIS

Page 119: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 142

Providing a safe quality, friendly to users, machines, and environment

Certification buyoff of ISO9001, ISO14001

CKD has acquired International Standards ISO9001 and ISO14001 certification and structured a quality and environment management system.With safety, environment, and energy conservation as our most important priorities, we are working company-wide to promote safe product and quality creation friendly to users, machines, society, and the global environment.

QualityEnvironment

Use

r-frie

ndly

Environment-friendly Earth-friendly

Page 120: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 143

International Standard ISO9001 Certification

International Standard on quality management system

International Standard ISO14001 Certification

International Standard for environment management systems. CKD’s production division acquired certification in 2000, and all CKD divisions, including the Sales Division, acquired certification in 2003.

Certification buyoff of ISO9001, ISO14001

To respond to diverse product needs, CKD develops

products individualized for each industry and which are

easy to use. We are conducting quality management

activities to increase customer satisfaction.

CKD acquired certification for our pneumatic division and control division in 1994. Currently, our automated machine division headquarters and production headquarters have acquired ISO9001:2000.

Approach to quality system

CKD is aware that preserving the global environment

is a global priority. We conduct environment

management activities based on CKD Environment

Policy.

Approach to environment and energy conservation

Page 121: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 146

Ending

11126-*-* Y submicron air filter

(For tar removing) AUX 570

1126-*-E Air filter AUX 564

1137-*-*Y Submicron air filter

(For tar removing) AUX 570

1137-*-E Air filter AUX 564

1138-*-*Y Submicron air filter

(For tar removing) AUX 570

1138-*-E Air filter AUX 564

1144-*-*- (J) Y Submicron air filter

(For tar removing) AUX 570

1144-*-E Air filter AUX 564

1219 Micro alescer / micro naught type

(For oil removing) AUX 572

1226 (J) Micro alescer / micro naught type

(For oil removing) AUX 572

1226 (J)-*-X Micro alescer / odor naught type

(For odor removing) AUX 575

1237-*- (J) X Micro alescer / odor naught type

(For odor removing) AUX 575

1237-*-* (J) Micro alescer / micro naught type

(For oil removing) AUX 572

1238 Micro alescer / micro naught type

(For oil removing) AUX 572

1238-*-X Micro alescer / odor naught type

(For odor removing) AUX 575

1244 Micro alescer / micro naught type

(For oil removing) AUX 572

1326 Heavy duty air filter AUX 568

1326-*-*Y Submicron air filter

(For tar removing) AUX 570

22001 Regulator AUX 578

2100 Precision regulator AUX 684

2215 Regulator AUX 578

2216 Regulator AUX 578

2619 Regulator AUX 736

2302 to 2304-*C Dial air regulator AUX 586

2302 to 2304-*C-R Remote control dial air regulator AUX 589

2400 to 2419 Reverse regulator

(Check valve integrated) AUX 582

2419-P6 Reverse regulator

(Check valve integrated) / copper and PTFE free AUX 606

2AF Proportional valve / proportional solenoid method AUX 826

2QV Quick exhaust valve with push-in joint AUX 380

2QV 2 port quick exhaust valve PV 1192

33000E to 3005E Lubricator / econo-mist type AUX 596

3002/3003E-*C-V Lubricator / auto-fill type AUX 600

3AF Proportional valve / proportional solenoid method AUX 826

3AP Proportional valve / proportional solenoid method AUX 826

3GA1/2/3 (S) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 90

3GA1/2/3 (S) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 338

3GB1/2 (S) 3 port pilot operated valve

two integrated type / sub-base porting PV 130

3KA1 (S) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 782

3KA1 (S) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 868

3MA0 (S) 3 port direct acting valve /

Body porting PV 1052

3MB0 (S) 3 port direct acting valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 1052

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)

B5142 (S)5 port valve PV 0000BHA Compact cross roller parallel hand CYL II 0000

Model no. Model PageCatalog

555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

Model no. Model Catalog Page

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

* Refer to an index of catalog for general purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves)

PagePage of specifications/ model no.

Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPVAUXGPV

Page 122: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 147

Ending

Inde

x

3PA1/2 (S) 3 port direct acting valve /

Body porting PV 1068

3PB1/2 (S) 3 port direct acting valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 1068

3QV Quick exhaust valve with push-in joint AUX 380

3QV 3 port quick exhaust valve PV 1192

3SA1 (S) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 734

44001 ,4002 Desiccant type air dryer /

manual air dryer AUX 104

46011 Urethane tube AUX 1246

4F0/1/2/3 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 890

4F0/1/2/3 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 962

4F3**0E (S) Explosion proof 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 1160

4F4/5/6/7 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 904

4F4/5/6/7 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / sub-plate porting PV 962

4F4/5/6/7**0E (S) Explosion proof 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 1160

4GA1/2/3 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 90

4GA1/2/3 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 338

4GB1/2/3 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base porting PV 130

4GB1/2/3 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / sub-base porting PV 348

4KA1/2/3/4 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve

Body porting PV 782

4KA1/2/3/4 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 868

4KB1/2/3/4 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 800

4KB1/2/3/4 (S) 4, 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / sub-plate porting PV 874

4L2-4 (S) 5 port valve PV 690

4SA0 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 708

4SA1 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 734

4SB0 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 708

4SB1 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 740

4TB3/4 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve PV 626

55002-2C Tank drain AUX 212

5100-4C Heavy duty drain AUX 201

66062 Relief valve AUX 592

6119 Moisture indicator AUX 700

6509, 6510 Oil indicator AUX 701

77080 Filter/regulator AUX 556

7170 Precision F.R. unit AUX 560

AA Marine cable gland GPV -

A100 to 800 Piping adapter AUX 394

A100 to 800-W Piping adapter / standard white Series AUX 456

A101 to 801 Radial type piping adapter AUX 395

A101 to 801-W Radial type piping adapter / standard white Series AUX 457

A1019 Air filter AUX 564

A1019-P6 Air filter / copper and PTFE free AUX 604

A1338 Heavy duty air filter AUX 568

A1338-*Y Submicron air filter

(For tar removing) AUX 570

A2000 Regulator AUX 578

A2-5201 2 port direct acting solenoid valve (for frequent actuation) GPV -

A2-5202 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve (for frequent actuation) GPV -

A3019 Lubricator / econo-mist type AUX 596

A3019-P6 Lubricator / econo-mist type /

copper and PTFE free AUX 607

A7070 F.R. unit AUX 556

AB21 2 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AB31 Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 123: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 148

Ending

AAB31-Z 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air

GPV -

AB41 Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AB41E2 Explosion proof 2 port direct acting solenoid valve

/ d2G2 GPV -

AB41E4 Explosion proof 2 port direct acting solenoid valve

/ d2G4 GPV -

AB41E4-Z Explosion proof 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air

/ d2G4 GPV -

AB41-Z 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air

GPV -

AB42 Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AB42E4 Explosion proof 2 port direct acting solenoid valve

/ d2G4 GPV -

AB71 2 port direct acting solenoid valve

/ large bore size GPV -

ABP Air booster AUX 842

AD11 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

AD11E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure / d2G4 GPV -

AD12 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

AD12E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure / d2G4 GPV -

AD21 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

AD21E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure / d2G4 GPV -

AD22 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

AD22E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure / d2G4 GPV -

ADK11 Pilot kick type 2 port solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

ADK11E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot kick solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure / d2G4 GPV -

ADK11-Z 2 port pilot kick type solenoid valve for dry air

GPV -

ADK12 Pilot kick type 2 port solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

ADK12E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot kick solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure / d2G4 GPV -

ADK21 Pilot kick type 2 port solenoid valve

/ diaphragm structure GPV -

AF1003M to 1017M Medium main line filter /

High performance oil removing filter AUX 146

AF1003P to 1017P Medium main line filter /

Pre-filter AUX 146

AF1003S to 1017S Medium main line filter /

Oil removing filter AUX 146

AF1003X to 1017X Medium main line filter /

Activated charcoal filter AUX 146

AF3016M to 3256M Large main line filter (popular type) /

High performance oil removing filter AUX 162

AF3016P to 3256P Large main line filter (popular type) /

Pre-filter AUX 158

AF3016S to 3256S Large main line filter (popular type) /

Oil removing filter AUX 160

AF3016X to 3256X Large main line filter (popular type) /

Activated charcoal filter AUX 164

AF5016M to 5256M Large main line filter (oil free) /

High performance oil removing filter AUX 182

AF5016P to 5256P Large main line filter (oil free) /

Pre-filter AUX 174

AF5016S to 5256S Large main line filter (oil free) /

Oil removing filter AUX 178

AF5016X to 5256X Large main line filter (oil free) /

Activated charcoal filter AUX 186

AG3*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air GPV -

AG31 Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AG33 Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AG34 Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AG4*E4-Z Explosion proof 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air

/ d2G4 GPV -

AG4*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air GPV -

AG41 Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AG41E4 Explosion proof 3 port direct acting solenoid valve

/ d2G4 GPV -

AG43 Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AG43E4 Explosion proof 3 port direct acting solenoid valve

/ d2G4 GPV -

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 124: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 149

Ending

Inde

x

AG44 Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve GPV -

AG44E4 Explosion proof 3 port direct acting solenoid valve

/d2G4 GPV -

AGD0*V Air operated valve for process gas GPV -

AGD1/2*V Air operated valve for process gas GPV -

AHB Air hydraulic booster CYL I,II Ending 129

AL Air light / logic valve AUX 1529

AM4F0 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 918

AMD Air operated valve for chemical liquid (2 port) GPV -

AMD**2 Air operated valve for chemical liquid (2 port) GPV -

AMDS Air operated valve for chemical liquid, drip prevention integrated type GPV -

AMG Air operated valve for chemical liquid (3 port) GPV -

AMS Drip prevention valve for chemical liquid GPV -

AP11 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure GPV -

AP11E2 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure / d2G2 GPV -

AP11E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/piston structure / d2G4 GPV -

AP12 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure GPV -

AP12E2 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure / d2G2 GPV -

AP12E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/piston structure / d2G4 GPV -

AP21 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure GPV -

AP21E2 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure / d2G2 GPV -

AP21E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/piston structure / d2G4 GPV -

AP22 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure GPV -

AP22E2 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/ piston structure / d2G2 GPV -

AP22E4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve

/piston structure / d2G4 GPV -

APA1 Pel system / switching element AUX 1228

APA3 Pel system /

Switching element, manifold type AUX 1228

APA4 Pel system / detection nozzle AUX 1232

APA6 Piping instrument / air sensor AUX 1245

APC Controller AUX 830

APE Mechanical pressure switch AUX 1066

APK11 Pilot kick type 2 port solenoid valve (general purpose valve)

/ piston structure GPV -

APK21 Pilot kick type 2 port solenoid valve (general purpose valve)

/ piston structure GPV -

APS Mechanical reed type

small pressure switch AUX 1070

APV Automatic air pinch valve GPV -

AT Air tank AUX 847

AVB**2 Air operated valve for high vacuum GPV -

AVB**3 Air operated valve for high vacuum (stainless steel body) GPV -

AVB*1 V Air operated valve for high vacuum (aluminum body) GPV -

AVP**2 Air operated valve for high vacuum GPV -

AZ Tube knife AUX 1012

BB Booster CYL I,II Ending 129

B*P51* (I) 2, 3, 5 port pilot operated valve

/ metal base PV 1112

B110 to 820 Bracket / for F.R.L. AUX 391

B110 to 820-W Bracket / for F.R.L.

/ standard white Series AUX 454

B2019 Regulator AUX 578

B2019-P6 Regulator / copper and PTFE free AUX 605

B2519 Regulator for water AUX 592

B5102 Automatic drain with manual cock AUX 202

B512* (S) 2 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base type PV 1096

B513* (S) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base type PV 1096

B5142 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base type PV 1096

B6061 Relief valve AUX 594

B7019 F.R. unit AUX 556

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 125: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 150

Ending

BB7019-P6 F.R. unit / copper and PTFE free AUX 603

BHA Compact cross roller parallel hand CYL II 282

BHA-LN Hand with length measuring sensor /

cross roller parallel hand with sensor CYL II 235

BHE Centering hand CYL II 402

BHE-LN Hand with length measuring sensor /

Centering hand with sensor CYL II 235

BHG Compact cross roller parallel hand with rubber cover CYL II 288

BHG-LN Hand with length measuring sensor /

Rubber covered cross roller parallel hand with sensor CYL II 235

BSA2 Miniature cross roller parallel hand CYL II 278

CC1000 to 8000 F.R.L. combination AUX 254

C1000 to 8000-P6 F.R.L. combination / copper and PTFE free Series AUX 528

C1000 to 8000-W F.R.L. combination / standard white series AUX 398

C1010 to 8010 W.L. combination AUX 262

C1010 to 8010-W W.L. combination / standard white series AUX 402

C1020 to 8020 F.R. combination AUX 268

C1020 to 8020-W F.R. combination / standard white series AUX 404

C1030 to 8030 F.M.R. combination AUX 274

C1030 to 8030-W F.M.R. combination / standard white series AUX 406

C1040 to 8040 W.M. combination AUX 280

C1040 to 8040-W W.M. combination / standard white series AUX 408

C1050 to 8050 R.M. combination AUX 286

C1050 to 8050-W R.M. combination / standard white series AUX 410

C1060 to 8060 F.M. combination AUX 292

C1060 to 8060-W F.M. combination / standard white series AUX 412

C25N-B Governor for medium pressure gas GPV -

C3070 to 8070 F. F.M. combination AUX 298

C3070 to 8070-W F. F.M. combination / standard white series AUX 414

CAC3 Clamp cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 2248

CAC3-G4 Clamp cylinder /

Double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 2258

CAT Cartridge cylinder / single acting, extend type CYL I 956

CAV2 Cylinder with valve /

With valve double acting lubrication type CYL I 694

CAV2-N Cylinder with valve /

With valve double acting oil-free type CYL I 694

CG Fiber tube push-in joint (clean type) AUX 985

CHB 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ double acting GPV -

CHBF 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ double acting, full bore GPV -

CHBF-R* 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ single acting, full bore GPV -

CHBF-V* 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ double acting, full bore with solenoid valve GPV -

CHBF-X* 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ single acting, full bore with solenoid valve GPV -

CHB-R* 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ single acting GPV -

CHB-V* 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ double acting with solenoid valve GPV -

CHB-X* 2 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ single acting with solenoid valve GPV -

CHG 3 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ double acting GPV -

CHG-R* 3 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ single acting GPV -

CHG-V* 3 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ double acting with solenoid valve GPV -

CHG-X* 3 port air operated ball valve (compact rotary valve)

/ single acting with solenoid valve GPV -

CHL Push-in joint check valve AUX 922

CHV2 Check valve AUX 924

CK 3-way jaw long stroke chuck CYL II 426

CKA 3-way jaw thin chuck CYL II 432

CKF Hollow chuck CYL II 450

CKG 3-way jaw bearing chuck CYL II 420

CKH2 High gripping force powerful chuck CYL II 480

CKJ Ultra long stroke chuck CYL II 456

CKL2 Powerful chuck CYL II 466

CKL2-*-HC Position locking powerful chuck CYL II 474

CKLB2 2-way powerful chuck CYL II 486

CKS Thin chuck CYL II 440

CKV2 Small cylinder

with valve / double acting single rod type CYL I 664

CKV2-M Small cylinder

With valve / double acting non-rotating type CYL I 676

CMA2 Medium bore size cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 194

CMA2-E Medium bore size cylinder / double acting direct mounting CYL I 206

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 126: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 151

Ending

Inde

x

CMF1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

DIN terminal box type / ISO size (1) PV 994

CMF1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

I/O connector type / ISO size (1) PV 1028

CMF2 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

DIN terminal box type / ISO size (2) PV 1000

CMF2 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

I/O connector type / ISO size (2) PV 1034

CMFZ (X) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

DIN terminal box type / ISO size (1)/(2) PV 1006

CMFZ (X) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

I/O connector type / ISO size (1)/(2) PV 1038

CMK2 Medium bore size cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 90

CMK2-*C Medium bore size cylinder / double acting rubber-air cushioned CYL I 130

CMK2-B Medium bore size cylinder / double acting back to back type CYL I 160

CMK2-C Medium bore size cylinder / double acting air cushioned CYL I 138

CMK2-D Medium bore size cylinder / double acting double rod type CYL I 154

CMK2-F Medium bore size cylinder / double acting fine speed type CYL I 150

CMK2-G2/G3 Medium bore size cylinder / double acting coolant proof type CYL I 182

CMK2-H Medium bore size cylinder / double acting low hydraulic type CYL I 178

CMK2-M Medium bore size cylinder / double acting non-rotating type CYL I 166

CMK2-P Medium bore size cylinder /

Double acting stroke adjustable extend type CYL I 114

CMK2-Q Medium bore size cylinder / double acting position locking type CYL I 144

CMK2-R Medium bore size cylinder /

Double acting stroke adjustable pull type CYL I 120

CMK2-S Medium bore size cylinder / single acting, extend type CYL I 102

CMK2-SR Medium bore size cylinder / single acting, pull type CYL I 108

CMK2-T Medium bore size cylinder / double acting heat resistance type CYL I 126

CMK2-Z Medium bore size cylinder /

Double acting speed control valve integrated type CYL I 172

COV*2 Cylinder with valve /

With valve double acting lubrication type CYL I 694

COV*2-N Cylinder with valve /

With valve double acting oil-free type CYL I 694

CPD Electronic pressure switch for coolant AUX 1256

CPD Electronic pressure switch for coolant (with digital display) GPV -

CPE Mechanical pressure switch for coolant AUX 1254

CPE Pressure switch for mechanical coolant (for low pressure) GPV -

CV3E Air operated 3 port valve for low pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE2-05/10 2 port air operated valve for low pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE2-16/30 2 port air operated valve for medium pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE22-05/10 2 port air operated valve for low pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE22-16/30 2 port air operated valve for medium pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE22-70 2 port air operated valve for high pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE2-70 2 port air operated valve for high pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVE3-35/70 3 port air operated valve for medium / high pressure (coolant valve) GPV -

CVS2-15AX507 2 port air operated valve with solenoid valve

(Coolant control) high pressure coolant valve GPV -

CVS2-20AX508 2 port air operated valve with solenoid valve

(Coolant control) high pressure coolant valve GPV -

CVS2-25AX509 2 port air operated valve with solenoid valve

(Coolant control) high pressure coolant valve GPV -

CVS3E Air operated 3 port valve for low pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE2-05/10 2 port air operated valve for low pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE2-16/30 2 port air operated valve for medium pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE22-05/10 2 port air operated valve for low pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE22-16/30 2 port air operated valve for medium pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE22-70 2 port air operated valve for high pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE2-70 2 port air operated valve for high pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

CVSE3-35/70 3 port air operated valve for medium / high pressure (coolant valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

DD101 to 801 Distributor / F.R.L. AUX 392

D101 to 801-W Distributor / F.R.L.

/ standard white Series AUX 455

DB1000 Automatic drain AUX 208

DB3000 Automatic drain AUX 208

DBS1006 Drain sensor AUX 211

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 127: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 152

Ending

DDG Pressure switch for gas combustion system GPV -

DL Pressure switch for gas combustion system GPV -

DP1000 Electronic differential pressure switch AUX 1160

DPS Switch AUX 1242

DSG Solenoid valve for gas combustion system GPV -

DSG-W Solenoid valve for gas combustion system GPV -

DT3000,3010 Automatic drain AUX 198

DT4000,4010 Automatic drain AUX 198

EE0, ET0 Cylinder switch / heat resistance, 2 reed wire CYL I,II Ending 27

EH Fiber tube clean type (push-in joint) AUX 985

EMB21 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

EMB41 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

EMB51 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

EV0100,0500 Electro-pneumatic regulator / solenoid valve type small flow AUX 791

EV2100V,2109V Electro-pneumatic regulator / solenoid valve type vacuum AUX 797

EV2500,2509 Electro-pneumatic regulator / solenoid valve type medium flow AUX 786

EVD Digital electro-pneumatic regulator AUX 762

EVS100,500 Compact electro-pneumatic regulator / solenoid valve type AUX 794

FF* Soft nylon tube AUX 1016

F0V/H Cylinder switch / 1 color indicator, 2 reed wire CYL I,II Ending 24

F1000 to 8000 Air filter AUX 316

F1000 to 8000-P6 Air filter / copper and PTFE free series AUX 531

F1000 to 8000-W Air filter / standard white series AUX 424

F2,3V/H Cylinder switch / 1 color indicator, 2/3 proximity wire CYL I,II Ending 24

F2,3Y V/H Cylinder switch / 2 color indicator, 2/3 proximity wire CYL I,II Ending 24

F3000 to 8000-G4 Air filter / flame resistant series AUX 474

FA* Miniature joint / adjustable socket AUX 940

FA331 to 831 Exhaust cleaner AUX 213

FAB 2 port direct acting discrete solenoid valve for compressed air GPV -

FAC Clean exhaust filter AUX 720

FAD 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve for compressed air GPV -

FAG 3 port direct acting discrete solenoid valve for compressed air GPV -

FAPB 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for compressed air GPV -

FBS Miniature joint / bush AUX 940

FBU2 Magnetic spring buffer AUX 1052

FC* Miniature joint / clamp joint AUX 940

FCD Flat compact cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 1112

FCD-D Flat compact cylinder / double acting double rod type CYL I 1118

FCD-K Flat compact cylinder / double acting cushioned CYL I 1124

FCH Flat compact cylinder / single acting retract type CYL I 1104

FCK Shock absorber adjustable type CYL II 527

FCM Small size flow controller AUX 1342

FCS Flat compact cylinder / single acting extend type CYL I 1104

FCS1000 Inline clean filter AUX 714

FCS500 Inline clean filter AUX 710

FD (S) 3, 5 port direct acting valve PV 1219

FGB 2 port direct acting discrete solenoid valve for dry air GPV -

FGB31 Noise reduced special purpose valve

(2 port direct acting solenoid valve for compressed air / dry air) GPV -

FGB41 Noise reduced special purpose valve

(2 port direct acting solenoid valve for compressed air / dry air) GPV -

FGG 3 port direct acting discrete solenoid valve for dry air GPV -

FGL11/21 Leak valve GPV -

FGS Miniature joint / gasket AUX 940

FH100 Feather hand (mini-parallel hand) CYL II 264

FH500 Feather hand (min-fulcrum hand) CYL II 376

FHB Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for hot water GPV -

FJ Floating joint CYL II 552

FK Simplified floating joint CYL II 560

FLB Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for oil GPV -

FLS Miniature joint / extension AUX 940

FM* Miniature joint / manifold AUX 940

FM3000 to 8000 Air filter / medium pressure series AUX 512

FMS Metering valve with silencer AUX 896

FNS Miniature joint / double screw nipple AUX 940

FPL Miniature joint / plug AUX 940

FPV Block valve AUX 926

FRB 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve) GPV -

FRB2 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve) GPV -

FRB2-F 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

/ stainless steel body GPV -

FRB2V 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

FRB2V-F 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

/ stainless steel body with solenoid valve GPV -

FRB-F 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

/ stainless steel body GPV -

FRBV 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

/ with solenoid valve GPV -

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 128: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 153

Ending

Inde

x

FRBV-F 2 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

/ stainless steel body with solenoid valve GPV -

FRG 3 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve) GPV -

FRG2 3 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve) GPV -

FRG2V 3 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

With solenoid valve GPV -

FRGV 3 port air operated ball valve (fan rotary valve)

With solenoid valve GPV -

FS (S) 3, 5 port direct acting valve PV 1219

FS* Miniature joint / socket AUX 940

FSM Small size flow sensor / indicator type AUX 1269

FSM-H Extremely small flow type small size flow sensor / indicator type AUX 1280

FSM-V Small size flow sensor /

Miniature analog output type, switch output type AUX 1306

FSM-VFM Small size flow sensor / inline filter AUX 1327

FT* Miniature joint / barbed joint AUX 940

FVB Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for medium vacuum

(Special purpose valve) GPV -

FWB Discrete 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for water GPV -

FWB31 Noise reduced special purpose valve GPV -

FWB41 Noise reduced special purpose valve GPV -

FWG Discrete 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for water GPV -

FWS Miniature joint / bulk head AUX 940

GG29D Miniature pressure gauge AUX 696

G39D Round pressure gauge AUX 697

G401 Pressure gauge assembly AUX 688

G40D,50D Pressure gauge with safety mark AUX 689

G41D Pressure gauge with limit mark AUX 690

G49D,59D General purpose pressure gauge AUX 691

G49D,59D-P6 Pressure gauge / copper and PTFE free series AUX 536

G52D Pressure gauge with switch AUX 694

G53D Pressure gauge for panel mount AUX 692

GA400 Differential pressure gauge AUX 699

GAB312 2 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB312-Z 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB352 2 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB352-Z 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB412 2 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB412-Z 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB422 2 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB452 2 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAB452-Z 2 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG31* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG31*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG33* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG33*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG34* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve actuator

GPV -

GAG34*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve actuator for dry air

GPV -

GAG35* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG35*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG41* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG41*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG43* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG43*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

55551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 129: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 154

Ending

GGAG44* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve actuator

GPV -

GAG44*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve actuator for dry air

GPV -

GAG45* 3 port direct acting solenoid valve,

manifold actuator GPV -

GAG45*-Z 3 port direct acting solenoid valve for dry air,

manifold actuator GPV -

GASB Ball valve for automatic emergency shutdown GPV -

GAV Low pressure gas combination valve GPV -

GDJ Governor for gas combustion system GPV -

GFAB 2 port solenoid direct acting valve for compressed air,

manifold GPV -

GFAG 3 port solenoid direct acting valve for compressed air,

manifold GPV -

GFGB 2 port solenoid direct acting valve for dry air,

manifold GPV -

GFGG 3 port solenoid direct acting valve for dry air,

manifold GPV -

GFK Filter for gas combustion system GPV -

GFLB 2 port solenoid direct acting valve for oil,

manifold GPV -

GFVB 2 port solenoid direct acting valve for medium vacuum,

manifold GPV -

GFWB 2 port solenoid direct acting valve for water,

manifold GPV -

GFWG 3 port solenoid direct acting valve for water,

manifold GPV -

GLC High rigid guideless cylinder / double acting CYL I 2374

GNAB* 2 port air operated valve, manifold

(Compact cylinder valve) GPV -

GNAB*V 2 port air operated valve for low vacuum, manifold

(Compact cylinder valve) GPV -

GPS2 Contact confirmation switch / discrete AUX 1174

GRC Table type rotary actuator /

Basic type CYL II 26

GRC-F Table type rotary actuator /

fine speed type CYL II 40

GRC-K Table type rotary actuator /

high accuracy type CYL II 26

GRC-KF Table type rotary actuator /

Precise / fine speed type CYL II 40

GSB Electric ball valve for gas combustion system GPV -

GSV Solenoid valve for automatic watering control GPV -

GT5055,5075 Refrigerating type air dryer/air cooling type

High temperature inlet air (55 °C) type AUX 56

GT7055 to 7480 (D) Refrigerating type air dryer/air cooling type

Standard inlet air (40 °C) type AUX 60

GT7055W to 7960W (D) Refrigerating type air dryer / water cooling type

Standard inlet air (40 °C) type AUX 66

GWC* Joint/cap AUX 948

GWCR* Joint/cross shaped type AUX 948

GWFY* New joint/FY type AUX 948

GWJL* Small size joint/elbow type AUX 962

GWJP* Small size joint/plug AUX 962

GWJS* Small size joint/axial AUX 962

GWJT* Small size joint/tee union type AUX 962

GWJY* Small size joint/Y type tee union type AUX 962

GWL* Joint/elbow type AUX 948

GWM* Joint/joint for tightening AUX 948

GWMF* Joint/manifold AUX 948

GWP*-B Joint/blanking plug AUX 948

GWP*-L Joint/L type plug AUX 948

GWP*-O Joint/plug AUX 948

GWS* Joint/straight AUX 948

GWT* Joint/tee union type AUX 948

GWTR* Joint/tetrapod shaped type AUX 948

GWWY* Joint/double Y type types AUX 948

GWY* Joint/Y type tee union type AUX 948

GX3108 to 3137 Refrigerating type air dryer/

Compact for installation/inlet air (35 °C) AUX 34

GX5103 to 5137 refrigerating type air dryer/

high temp. inlet (55 °C)/compact compressor directly connected AUX 38

GX8155,8175 Refrigerating type air dryer/

high temp. inlet (55 °C)/medium compressor directly connected AUX 42

HH0 Cylinder switch / 1 color indicator, reed CYL I, II Ending 26

H0Y Cylinder switch / 2 color indicator, reed CYL I, II Ending 26

HAP-1C Parallel hand CYL II 270

HAP-2 to 4CS Parallel hand CYL II 272

HB High corrosion proof direct acting 2 port solenoid valve GPV -

HBL Fulcrum hand CYL II 382

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 130: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 155

Ending

Inde

x

HCA High speed cylinder/double acting single rod type CYL I 1978

HCM High energy absorption cylinder/double acting single rod type CYL I 1960

HCP Lateral parallel hand CYL II 338

HD-0.5 to 9 Desiccant type air dryer / compact heatless dryer AUX 90

HDL Wide angle hand CYL II 388

HEP Bearing parallel hand CYL II 332

HFP Wide parallel hand CYL II 360

HGP Long stroke parallel hand CYL II 372

HJL Toggle hand CYL II 396

HK1 Motorized valve for gas combustion system GPV -

HKP Cross roller parallel hand CYL II 310

HLA Thin parallel hand CYL II 316

HLAG Thin parallel hand with rubber cover CYL II 324

HLB Thin parallel hand CYL II 316

HLBG Thin parallel hand with rubber cover CYL II 324

HLC Thin long stroke parallel hand CYL II 366

HMD Thin type wide angle hand CYL II 392

HMF Compact wide parallel hand CYL II 344

HMFB LM guided large wide parallel hand CYL II 354

HMTB1 2 port solenoid valve metal free compact lever / medical equipment GPV -

HMTG1 3 port solenoid valve metal free compact lever / medical equipment GPV -

HMV (S) Manual switching valve/miniature PV 1184

HNB1 Compact 2 port solenoid valve direct acting GPV -

HNG1 Compact 3 port solenoid valve direct acting GPV -

HPS Close contact confirmation switch/discrete AUX 1188

HPV Manual pinch valve GPV -

HRL-1 Hybrid robot/pneumatic robot element, single axis unit CYL II 200

HRL-2G Hybrid robot/2-action pneumatic robot CYL II 197

HRL-2S Hybrid robot/2-action pneumatic robot CYL II 194

HS Motorized valve for gas combustion system GPV -

HSV (S) Manual switching valve/standard PV 1184

HVB112 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB212 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB312 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB41 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB412 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB51 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB512 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB61 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB71 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVB81 Solenoid valve for high vacuum GPV -

HVL12 Delay solenoid valve for vacuum GPV -

HVL42 Delay solenoid valve for vacuum GPV -

HYN 2, 3 port direct acting valve (pinch valve for high purity fluids) GPV -

IIAGD3 Integrated gas supply system GPV -

IAGD4 Integrated gas supply system GPV -

JJ100 to 800 Joiner / for F.R.L. AUX 391

J100 to 800-W Joiner / for F.R.L. / standard white series AUX 454

JL Joint (elbow joint) AUX 978

JSB3 Brake unit CYL I 1428

JSC3 (-N) Brake cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 1298

JSC3-H Brake cylinder / double acting low hydraulic type CYL I 1334

JSC3-P12 Brake cylinder (oil-prohibition type) CYL I,II Ending 126

JSC3-T Brake cylinder / double acting heat resistance type CYL I 1346

JSC3-V Brake cylinder (medium bore size) /

with valve for brake, double acting CYL I 1326

JSG Tie rod cylinder with brake /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1266

JSG-V Tie rod cylinder with brake /

with valve for double acting/brake release CYL I 1266

JSK2 Brake cylinder (small bore ø20 to 40, caulking) /

double acting CYL I 1230

JSK2-V Brake cylinder (small bore ø20 to 40, caulking) /

with valve, double acting CYL I 1230

JSM2 Brake cylinder (small bore ø20 to 40, disassembled) /

double acting CYL I 1244

JSM2-V Brake cylinder (small bore ø20 to 40, disassembled) /

with valve, double acting CYL I 1244

KK-005 Filter / air sensor AUX 1244

K0V/H Cylinder switch / 1 color reed, 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 20

K2,3 V/H Cylinder switch / 1 color proximity, 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 20

K2,3Y V/H Cylinder switch / 2 color proximity, 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 20

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 131: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 156

Ending

KK2,3YF V/H Cylinder switch /

preventive maintenance output and proximity 3, 4 wire CYL I,II Ending 21

K2,3YM V/H Cylinder switch /

preventive maintenance output and proximity 3, 4 wire CYL I,II Ending 21

K3P V/H Cylinder switch /

PNP output type / proximity 3 wire CYL I,II Ending 20

K5V/H Cylinder switch /

without display and reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 20

K60570 F.R.L. kit AUX 552

K60570-P6 F.R.L. kit / copper and PTFE free AUX 602

K61400E F.R.L. kit AUX 552

K61440E F.R.L. kit AUX 552

KBB Electric linear actuator CYL I,II Ending 105

KML50 Fine level switch GPV -

KML60 Fine level switch GPV -

KML70 Fine level switch GPV -

KSA Compact table slider CYL I,II Ending 105

KX Coiling tube AUX 1018

LL1000 to 8000-P6 Lubricator / copper and PTFE free Series AUX 535

L1000 to 8000-W Lubricator / standard white Series AUX 448

L1000 to L8000 Lubricator AUX 360

LBC Air bearing actuator CYL I,II Ending 104

LCE Explosion proof 3 port direct acting solenoid valve

/d2G4 GPV -

LCG Linear slide cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1706

LCG-P7* Linear slide cylinder /

double acting clean room specifications CYL I 1736

LCG-Q Linear slide cylinder /

double acting position locking type CYL I 1728

LCM Linear slide cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1770

LCM-A Linear slide cylinder /

double acting side installation type CYL I 1796

LCM-P Linear slide cylinder /

Double acting stroke adjustable extend type CYL I 1780

LCM-P73 Linear slide cylinder /

double acting clean room specifications CYL I 1808

LCM-R Linear slide cylinder /

Double acting stroke adjustable extended/retracted type CYL I 1788

LCS Linear slide cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1662

LCS-F Linear slide cylinder /

Double acting fine speed type CYL I 1688

LCS-Q Linear slide cylinder /

double acting position locking type CYL I 1662

LCT Linear slide cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1824

LCY Linear slide cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1850

LCY-A Linear slide cylinder /

Double acting reduced piping type CYL I 1850

LCY-R Linear slide cylinder /

Double acting stroke adjustable pull type CYL I 1850

LHA Linear guide hand CYL II 294

LHAG Rubber covered linear guide hand CYL II 302

LLO Direct acting 2 port solenoid valve for heavy oil GPV -

LMB Linear guide lock CYL I 1434

LMF0 (R) 5 port valve saving PV 690

LN Cylinder with length measuring sensor CYL II 212

LV Direct acting 3 port solenoid valve GPV -

MM Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

M0V/H Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 12

M1000 to 8000 Oil mist filter AUX 326

M1000 to 8000-P6 Oil mist filter / copper and PTFE free Series AUX 532

M1000 to 8000-W Oil mist filter / standard white Series AUX 430

M2,3V/H Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator and proximity 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 12

M2,3WV Cylinder switch /

2 color indicator and proximity 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 12

M3GA1/2/3 (I) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 156

M3GA1/2/3 (M) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 338

M3GA1/2/3-T* (D) (R) 3 port pilot operated valve

Body porting PV 192

M3GA1/2/3-T6 (D) (R) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Serial transmission) / body porting PV 204

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 132: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 157

Ending

Inde

x

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

M3GB1/2 (I) Two 3 port pilot operated valve integrated type

/ sub-base porting PV 172

M3GB1/2-T* (D) (R) Two 3 port pilot operated valve integrated type

/ sub-base porting PV 212

M3GB1/2-T6 (D) (R) Two 3 port pilot operated valve integrated type

/ (serial transmission) / sub-base porting PV 226

M3KA1 (I) 3 port pilot operated valve

Body porting PV 816

M3KA1 (M) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 868

M3MA0 (I) 3 port direct acting valve /

Body porting PV 1054

M3MB0 (I) 3 port direct acting valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 1054

M3P V/H Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator / PNP output type / proximity 3 wire CYL I,II Ending 12

M3PA1/2 (I) 3 port direct acting valve /

Body porting PV 1076

M3PB1/2 (I) 3 port direct acting valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 1076

M3SA1 (I) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 746

M3SA1 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 754

M4F0/1/2/3 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 918

M4F0/1/2/3 (M) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 962

M4F3*0E (I) 5 port pilot operated explosion proof valve

/ body porting PV 1172

M4F4/5/6/7 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve

Sub-plate porting PV 946

M4F4/5/6/7 (M) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / sub-plate porting PV 962

M4F4/5/6/7*0E (I) 5 port pilot operated explosion proof valve

/ sub-plate porting PV 1172

M4GA1/2/3 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 156

M4GA1/2/3 (M) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 338

M4GA1/2/3-T* (D) (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 192

M4GA1/2/3-T6 (D) (R) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Serial transmission) / body porting PV 204

M4GB1/2/3 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base porting PV 172

M4GB1/2/3 (M) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / sub-base porting PV 348

M4GB1/2/3-T* (D) (R) 5 port pilot operated valve

Sub-base porting PV 212

M4GB1/2/3-T6 (D) (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

(Serial transmission) / sub-base porting PV 226

M4KA1/2/3/4 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve

Body porting PV 816

M4KA1/2/3/4 (M) 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / body porting PV 868

M4KB1/2/3/4 (I) 4, 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 828

M4KB1/2/3/4 (M) 4, 5 port pilot operated valve

(Master valve) / sub-plate porting PV 874

M4SA0 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 716

M4SA1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 746

M4SA1 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 754

M4SB0 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 716

M4SB0 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 720

M4SB1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 750

M4SB1 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 760

M4TB3/4 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

(Reduced wiring valve) PV 642

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 133: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 158

Ending

MM512* (S) 2 port pilot operated valve /

Direct mounting PV 1096

M513* (S) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Direct mounting PV 1096

M5V/H Cylinder switch /

Without display and reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 12

MAB1 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MAG1 Metal free 3 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MAVL Large mechanical valve / detector AUX 1522

MD3SA1 (I) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 746

MD3SA1 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 754

MD4SA1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 746

MD4SA1 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 754

MD4SB1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 750

MD4SB1 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 760

MDC2 Small direct mounting cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 966

MDC2-F Small direct mounting cylinder / double acting fine speed type CYL I 982

MDC2-X Small direct mounting cylinder / single acting, extend type CYL I 972

MDC2-Y Small direct mounting cylinder / single acting, retract type CYL I 972

MEB2 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MEG2 Metal free 3 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MEVT Thin electro pneumatic regulator /

Reduced wiring manifold type AUX 804

MFC Robot cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 2302

MFC-B Robot cylinder / double acting with brake CYL I 2310

MFC-BK Robot cylinder /

Double acting with brake, high load type CYL I 2310

MFC-BS Robot cylinder /

With double acting brake sensor CYL I 2318

MFC-BSK Robot cylinder /

With double acting brake sensor, high load type CYL I 2318

MFC-K Robot cylinder / double acting high load type CYL I 2302

MGD10/20V Manual valve for process gas GPV -

MGPS2 Contact confirmation switch / manifold AUX 1179

MHB3 Electric driven 2 port miniature ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MHB4 Electric driven 2 port miniature ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MHBP Electric driven ball valve type temperature control system GPV -

MHBR Electric driven self reset type 2 port ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MHG3 Electric driven 3 port miniature ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MHG4 Electric driven 3 port miniature ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MHG4-20X913 Electric driven 3 port ball valve

For ionized water motor valve GPV -

MHPS Close contact confirmation switch / manifold AUX 1192

MJB3 Metal free direct acting 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MJL* Joint / elbow type AUX 978

MJN* Joint / sleeve AUX 978

MJS* Joint / straight type AUX 978

MJT* Joint / tees type AUX 978

MJU* Joint / insert ring AUX 978

MM Medium mechanical valve / detector AUX 1510

MM3000 to 8000 Oil mist filter / medium pressure Series AUX 518

MMD Manual chemical liquid valve (2 port) GPV -

MMD**2 Manual chemical liquid valve GPV -

MN Solenoid valve for gas combustion system GPV -

MN3E0 (R) 3, 4 port pilot operated valve PV 14

MN3GA1/2 (I/B) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 260

MN3GA1/2-T* (I/B) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 276

MN3GAX12 (I/X) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 310

MN3GB1/2 (I/B) Two 3 port pilot operated valve integrated type /

Sub-base porting PV 268

MN3GB1/2-T* (R/B) Two 3 port pilot operated valve integrated type /

Sub-base porting PV 290

MN3S0 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Reduced wiring valve) PV 590

MN3S0 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve /

(Reduced wiring valve), Two 3 port valve integrated type PV 590

MN4E0 (R) 3, 4 port pilot operated valve PV 14

MN4GA1/2 (I/B) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 260

MN4GA1/2-T* (I/B) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 276

MN4GAX12 (I/X) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 310

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 134: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 159

Ending

Inde

x

MN4GB1/2 (I/B) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base porting PV 268

MN4GB1/2-T* (I/B) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base porting PV 290

MN4GBX12 (I/X) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base porting PV 310

MN4KB1/2 (B) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-plate porting PV 848

MN4S0 (R) 4 port pilot operated valve

(Reduced wiring valve) PV 590

MN4TB1/2 (R/B) 4 port pilot operated valve

(Reduced wiring valve) PV 632

MNRB500 Block manifold regulator AUX 628

MNRJB500 Compact block manifold direct acting precision regulator AUX 654

MR10 Compact metal free 2, 3 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MRG2 Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ double acting CYL I 2202

MRL2 Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ guided type CYL I 2178

MRL2-F Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ guided / fine speed type CYL I 2178

MRL2-G Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ simplified guide 1 piston type CYL I 2178

MRL2-GF Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ simplified guide 1 piston, fine speed type CYL I 2178

MRL2-W Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ simplified guide 2 piston type CYL I 2178

MRL2-WF Magnet type rodless cylinder

/ simplified guide 2 piston, fine speed type CYL I 2178

MS Compact mechanical valve / detector AUX 1496

MSB1 Electric driven 2 port ball valve (motor valve) for steam GPV -

MSB1D Electric driven 2 port ball valve with relay for steam

(Motor valve) GPV -

MSB1DF Electric driven 2 port ball valve with relay for steam

(motor valve) / full bore GPV -

MSB1F Electric driven 2 port ball valve for steam

(motor valve) / full bore GPV -

MSD Small compact cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1048

MSD-F Small compact cylinder /

Double acting single rod fine speed type CYL I 1076

MSDG-L Small compact cylinder /

Double acting guided type with switch CYL I 1078

MSDG-LF Small compact cylinder /

Double acting guided fine speed type with switch CYL I 1088

MSD-K Small compact cylinder /

Double acting high load type CYL I 1066

MSD-KF Small compact cylinder /

Double acting high load fine speed type CYL I 1076

MSD-X Small compact cylinder /

Single acting extend type CYL I 1056

MSD-Y Small compact cylinder /

Single acting retract type CYL I 1056

MT3S0 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Reduced wiring valve) PV 590

MT3S0 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve

(Reduced wiring), Two 3 port valve integrated type PV 590

MT4S0 (R) 4 port pilot operated valve /

(Reduced wiring valve) PV 590

MTLPS Cutter broken detecting switch / manifold AUX 1206

MVB*0 Manual valve for high vacuum GPV -

MVC Small cylinder with vacuum pad /

double acting single rod type CYL I 990

MVP*0 Manual valve for high vacuum GPV -

MW3GA2 (R) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 418

MW4GA2 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 418

MW4GA2-R1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Body porting PV 408

MW4GB2 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base side porting PV 438

MW4GB2-R1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base side porting PV 412

MW4GB4-R1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base side porting PV 538

MW4GB4-T1/6 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base side porting PV 542

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 135: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 160

Ending

MMW4GZ2 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base back porting PV 438

MW4GZ2-R1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base back porting PV 412

MW4GZ4-R1 (I) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base back porting PV 538

MW4GZ4-T1/6 (R) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base back porting PV 542

MX1000 to 8000 High performance oil mist filter AUX 334

MX1000 to 8000-W High performance oil mist filter / standard white series AUX 434

MXB1 Electric driven 2 port ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MXB1-C High corrosion proof electric driven 2 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MXB1D Electric driven 2 port ball valve (motor) with relay GPV -

MXB1D-C High corrosion proof electric driven 2 port ball valve with relay

(Motor valve) GPV -

MXB1DF Electric driven 2 port ball valve (motor valve)

with relay / full bore GPV -

MXB1D-N Electric driven oil prohibited 2 port ball valve (motor valve) GPV -

MXB1F Electric driven 2 port ball valve

(motor valve) / full bore GPV -

MXB1-N Electric driven oil prohibited 2 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MXBC Electric Driven proportional control 2 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MXG1 Electric driven 3 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MXG1D Electric driven 3 port ball valve (motor) with relay GPV -

MXG1D-N Electric driven oil prohibited 3 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MXG1-N Electric driven oil prohibited 3 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MXGC Electric driven proportional control 3 port ball valve (motor) GPV -

MYB1 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MYB2 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MYB3 Metal free 2 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MYG1 Metal free 3 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MYG2 Metal free 3 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

MYG3 Metal free 3 port solenoid valve for chemical liquid GPV -

NN*P51* (B) 2, 3, 5 port pilot operated valve /

Block manifold PV 1118

NAB* Discrete 2 port air operated valve (compact cylinder valve) GPV -

NAB*V Discrete 2 port air operated valve with solenoid valvefor low vacuum (Compact cylinder valve) GPV -

NAB-4SX1450 2 port air operated valve for high pressure air cylinder valve GPV -

NAB-4SX1451 2 port air operated valve for high pressure air cylinder valve GPV -

NAP11 (S) 3 port external pilot operated valve PV 1142

NAP11 3 port air operated valve GPV -

NCK Shock absorber fixed type CYL II 507

NHS-C New handling system /

Z-axis module LCS CYL II 162

NHS-H New handling system /

Z-axis module HRL CYL II 152

NHS-L New handling system /

Z-axis module LCY CYL II 174

NHS-S New handling system /

Z-axis module STL-B CYL II 168

NP13 Internal 3 port pilot operated valve with solenoid valve GPV -

NP13/14 (S) Internal 3 port pilot operated solenoid valve PV 1136

NP14 Internal 3 port pilot operated valve with solenoid valve GPV -

NPV2 Direct pressure automatic pinch valve GPV -

NSR New handling system /

X-axis module CYL II 144

NU Urethane tube AUX 1017

NVP11 (S) External 3 port pilot operated solenoid valve PV 1146

NVP11 3 port air operated valve /

With solenoid valve GPV -

OOGD10/20 V Manual valve for process gas GPV -

OMC2 Dust collector valve controller

(Dust collector valve controller) GPV -

PP1100 Mechanical reed type small pressure switch AUX 370

P4000 Mechanical pressure switch AUX 368

P4000-W Mechanical pressure switch / standard white series AUX 452

P4100 Mechanical reed type small pressure switch AUX 370

P512* (S) 2 port pilot operated valve /

Pilot type PV 1096

P513* (S) 3 port pilot operated valve /

Pilot type PV 1096

P5142 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Pilot type PV 1096

P8100 Mechanical reed type small pressure switch AUX 370

PC* Air counter AUX 1541

PCD (S) 3, 4, 5 port pilot operated poppet valve PV 1219

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 136: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 161

Ending

Inde

x

PCP Pre-set counter AUX 1541

PD2 Dust collector valve / 2 port air operated valve GPV -

PD3 Dust collector valve / 2 port air operated valve GPV -

PDV2 Dust collector valve / 2 port solenoid valve GPV -

PDV3 Dust collector valve / 2 port solenoid valve GPV -

PDVE4 Dust collector valve / explosion proof 2 port solenoid valve

(Explosion proof type dust collector valve) GPV -

PE Pressure switch / logic valve AUX 1529

PF500 to 4000F Flow sensor for compressed air / medium flow AUX 1380

PF8000 to 16000F Flow sensor for compressed air / large flow rate AUX 1384

PFD Flow sensor for compressed air / display separate type AUX 1406

PFK Flow sensor for compressed air / tester kit AUX 1412

PFU500 to 2000F Flow sensor for compressed air /

modular design type AUX 1388

PG Fiber tube push-in joint (standard type) AUX 985

PGM Regulator for process gas GPV -

PG-P2-B Blanking plug AUX 1000

PI Interface AUX 834

PJ High frequency 2 port valve

for compressed air GPV -

PJVB Control box type manifold solenoid valve

(2 port solenoid valve for dust collector control) GPV -

PKA 2 port pilot kick type solenoid valve for air GPV -

PKS 2 port pilot kick type solenoid valve for steam GPV -

PKW 2 port pilot kick type solenoid valve for water GPV -

PL PL switch AUX 1234

PLE-B12 Side block / integrated type AUX 1538

PLJ-C12 YES element / relay type AUX 1535

PLK-A11 OR element / line type AUX 1539

PLK-B12 OR element / integrated type AUX 1538

PLK-C12 OR element / relay type AUX 1535

PLL-A11 AND element / line type AUX 1539

PLL-B12 AND element / integrated type AUX 1538

PLL-C12 AND element / relay type AUX 1535

PLM Memory element / relay type AUX 1535

PLN-B12 NOT element / integrated type AUX 1538

PLN-C12 NOT element / relay type AUX 1535

PLN-D12 Threshold element / relay type AUX 1535

PMM Fine regulator GPV -

PPD Electronic pressure switch /

sensor, amplifier integrated type with display AUX 1142

PPD3 Electronic pressure switch /

sensor, amplifier integrated type with display AUX 1126

PPD3-S Electronic pressure switch, stainless steel diaphragm sensor /

sensor, amplifier integrated type with display AUX 1126

PPD-A Electronic pressure switch with protection box /

sensor, amplifier integrated type with display AUX 1148

PPD-S Electronic pressure switch, stainless steel diaphragm sensor /

sensor, amplifier integrated type with display AUX 1146

PPE Compact electronic pressure switch /

sensor, amplifier integrated type without display AUX 1094

PPE-*A Compact electronic pressure switch /

sensor, amplifier integrated type without display, analog output type AUX 1097

PPS2 Electronic pressure switch /

sensor, amplifier integrated type/separate type with display AUX 1152

PPS2 Pressure controller AUX 1156

PPX Digital pressure sensor AUX 1104

PRD Amplifier / element and sensor AUX 1543

PRE-A12 Pressure switch / relay type AUX 1535

PRF-A2 Booster / element and sensor AUX 1543

PRS-A12 Solenoid valve / relay type AUX 1535

PRT Timer / relay type AUX 1535

PSD PLC branch block AUX 1534

PSE PLC I/O block AUX 1534

PSL PLC AND element AUX 1534

PSM PLC element AUX 1534

PSV PLC sub-base V type AUX 1534

PSW Electronic pressure switch /

sensor, amplifier integrated type without display AUX 1100

PTN2 Fiber tube dedicated joint AUX 1006

PV5-6R (S) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

I/O connector type / ISO size (1) PV 1016

PV5-8R (S) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

I/O connector type / ISO size (2) PV 1022

PV5G-6 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

DIN terminal box type / ISO size (1) PV 982

PV5G-8 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve ISO conformed valve /

DIN terminal box type / ISO size (2) PV 988

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 137: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 162

Ending

PPVP Precise suction plate AUX 1040

PVS 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve GPV -

PVSE2 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve / d2G2 GPV -

PVSE4 Explosion proof 2 port pilot operated solenoid valve / d2G4 GPV -

PWS Threshold sensor AUX 930

PXB-B3 Pushbutton switch and switch body /

Separate type AUX 1546

PXB-M Pushbutton switch and switch body /

Set screw type AUX 1544

PXC-K Limit switch AUX 1552

PXC-M Miniature limit switch AUX 1548

PXC-M Compact limit switch AUX 1549

PXD Proximity / element and sensor AUX 1543

PXF Limit sensor / element and sensor AUX 1543

PXP Foot switch / element and sensor AUX 1543

PXV Air light AUX 1540

PYM Fine regulator GPV -

PZM Installation bracket / line type AUX 1539

PZU Sub-base and input block /

Relay type sub-base AUX 1536

QQEV2 Quick exhaust valve AUX 914

RR0,3,4,6 Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 14

R1,2 Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, proximity 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 14

R1000 to 8000-P6 Regulator / copper and PTFE free series AUX 533

R1000 to 8000 Regulator AUX 344

R1000 to 8000-W Regulator / standard white series AUX 438

R1100 to 8100-P6 Reverse regulator / copper and PTFE free series AUX 534

R1100 to R8100 Reverse regulator AUX 352

R1100 to R8100-W Reverse regulator / standard white series AUX 442

R2,3Y Cylinder switch /

2 color indicator and proximity 2, 3 wire CYL I,II Ending 14

R3000 to 8000-G4 Regulator / flame resistant series AUX 482

R3100 to 8100-G4 Reverse regulator / flame resistant Series AUX 488

R5 Cylinder switch /

without display and reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 14

RA-050,060 Miniature regulator AUX 618

RA800 Small regulator / piston type AUX 620

RB500 Small regulator AUX 622

RC2000 Clean regulator AUX 732

RCC2 Rotary clamp cylinder double acting single rod type CYL I 2284

RG Push-in joints for fiber tube (flame resistant type) AUX 1000

RJB500 Compact direct acting precision regulator AUX 652

RM3000,4000 Regulator / medium pressure series AUX 524

RN3000 to 8000 Oil-prohibition regulator AUX 502

RP1000 Precision regulator AUX 674

RP2000 Precision regulator AUX 678

RRC Rotary actuator / rack & pinion type CYL II 8

RS-6 Rain sensor for automatic watering control GPV -

RSC-1WP Dry cell type watering controller GPV -

RSC-G Plant watering controller GPV -

RSCH-G Plant watering controller GPV -

RSCH-N Green house controller GPV -

RSC-S5 Solar controller GPV -

RSV Solenoid valve for automatic watering control GPV -

RSV-W Solenoid valve for automatic watering control GPV -

RTD-3A Air timer / logic valve AUX 1528

RV3DA Compact rotary actuator /

Angle variable type, double vane mechanism CYL II 78

RV3DV/W Compact rotary actuator /

With valve, double vane mechanism CYL II 74

RV3DV/W Large rotary actuator /

With valve, double vane mechanism CYL II 94

RV3S/D Compact rotary actuator /

Vane mechanism CYL II 64

RV3S/D Large rotary actuator /

Vane mechanism CYL II 88

RV3S/DH Large rotary actuator /

Low hydraulic type, vane mechanism CYL II 100

RV3SA Compact rotary actuator /

Angle variable type, single vane mechanism CYL II 78

RV3SV/W Compact rotary actuator /

With valve, single vane mechanism CYL II 74

RV3SV/W Large rotary actuator /

With valve, single vane mechanism CYL II 94

RVC Shock absorber CYL II 106

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 138: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 163

Ending

Inde

x

SSAB*A 2 port air operated valve for air/gas

(Cylinder valve) GPV -

SAB*S 2 port air operated valve for steam, water and air

(Cylinder valve) GPV -

SAB*V 2 port air operated valve for low vacuum

(Cylinder valve) GPV -

SAB*W 2 port air operated valve for water and liquid

(Cylinder valve) GPV -

SAL Compact air light / logic valve AUX 1530

SC1 Speed control valve / medium bore size type AUX 876

SC-20A to 50A Speed control valve / large bore size type AUX 878

SC3R Flow control valve /

Direct piping elbow type AUX 864

SC3W Flow control valve /

Elbow type, push-in joint AUX 866

SC3WU Flow control valve /

Universal type, push-in joint AUX 870

SCA2 Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting single rod type CYL I 442

SCA2-B Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting back to back type CYL I 530

SCA2-D Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting double rod type CYL I 522

SCA2-G Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting rubber scraper type CYL I 558

SCA2-G1 Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting with scraper CYL I 572

SCA2-G2/3 Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ doubleacting coolant proof type CYL I 566

SCA2-G4 Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 572

SCA2-H Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting low hydraulic type CYL I 550

SCA2-K Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting steel tube type CYL I 546

SCA2-O Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting low speed type CYL I 508

SCA2-P Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting stroke adjustable/extend type CYL I 456

SCA2-P12 Medium bore size cylinder (oil-prohibition type) CYL I,II Ending 126

SCA2-Q2 Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting position locking type CYL I 478

SCA2-R Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting stroke adjustable type retract CYL I 464

SCA2-T Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting heat resistance type CYL I 472

SCA2-U Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting low friction type CYL I 516

SCA2-V Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting with valve CYL I 578

SCA2-W Medium bore size cylinder (ø40 to 100)

/ double acting two stage type CYL I 538

SCD Speed control valve /

Miniature in-out type AUX 860

SCD2 Speed control valve /

In-out line type with push-in joint AUX 880

SCG Tie rod cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 350

SCG-D Tie rod cylinder / double acting double rod type CYL I 396

SCG-G Tie rod cylinder /

Double acting rubber scraper type CYL I 408

SCG-G2/3 Tie rod cylinder /

Double acting coolant proof type CYL I 414

SCG-G4 Tie rod cylinder /

Double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 420

SCG-M Tie rod cylinder /

Double acting non-rotating type CYL I 402

SCG-O Tie rod cylinder / double acting low speed type CYL I 386

SCG-Q Tie rod cylinder / double acting position locking type CYL I 364

SCG-U Tie rod cylinder / double acting low friction type CYL I 392

SCK Shock absorber adjustable type CYL II 519

SCL2 Speed control valve /

Line type and push-in joint AUX 880

SCL2-N Needle valve / line type with push-in joint AUX 884

SCM Round shaped cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 224

SC-M3/M5 (-F) Speed control valve / miniature AUX 858

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 139: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 164

Ending

SSCM-B Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting back to back type CYL I 304

SCM-D Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting double rod type CYL I 296

SCM-F Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting fine speed type CYL I 282

SCM-LD Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting direct mounting foot CYL I 328

SCM-M Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting non-rotating type CYL I 322

SCM-O Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting low speed type CYL I 286

SCM-P Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting stroke adjustable extend type CYL I 256

SCM-Q Round shaped cylinder/

double acting position locking type CYL I 272

SCM-R Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting stroke adjustable pull type CYL I 262

SCM-T Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting heat resistance type CYL I 268

SCM-U Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting low friction type CYL I 290

SCM-W Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting two stage type CYL I 310

SCM-W4 Round shaped cylinder/

Double acting tandem type CYL I 316

SCM-X Round shaped cylinder/

Single acting extend type CYL I 244

SCM-Y Round shaped cylinder/

Single acting pull type CYL I 250

SCPD2 Pencil shaped cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 10

SCPD2-*C Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting rubber-air cushioned CYL I 30

SCPD2-D Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting double rod type CYL I 44

SCPD2-DT Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting double rod heat resistance type CYL I 44

SCPD2-F Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting fine speed type CYL I 36

SCPD2-K Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting high load type CYL I 64

SCPD2-M Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting non-rotating type CYL I 56

SCPD2-O Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting low speed type CYL I 40

SCPD2-T Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting heat resistance type CYL I 28

SCPD2-V Pencil shaped cylinder /

with valve, double acting CYL I 70

SCPD2-Z Pencil shaped cylinder /

Double acting flow control valve CYL I 50

SCPH2 Pencil shaped cylinder /

Single acting pull type CYL I 18

SCPS Pencil shaped cylinder /

Single acting extend type CYL I 18

SCPS2 Pencil shaped cylinder /

Single acting extend type CYL I 18

SCPS2-M Pencil shaped cylinder /

Single acting extend non-rotating type CYL I 56

SCPS2-V Pencil shaped cylinder /

Single acting with valve CYL I 70

SCS Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting single rod lubrication type CYL I 608

SCS- (N) Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting single rod oil-free type CYL I 608

SCS- (N)D Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting double rod oil-free type CYL I 628

SCS-B Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting back to back type CYL I 634

SCS-D Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting double rod type CYL I 628

SCS-G Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting rubber scraper type CYL I 648

SCS-H Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting low hydraulic type CYL I 642

SCS-P Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting stroke adjustable type CYL I 620

SCS-T Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting heat resistance type CYL I 624

SCS-W Large bore size cylinder (bore size ø125 to 250)

/ double acting two stage type CYL I 638

SD301,302D Discrete high polymer membrane dryer AUX 118

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 140: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 165

Ending

Inde

x

SD301,302E Discrete high polymer membrane dryer AUX 114

SD3015 to 3075 Discrete high polymer membrane dryer AUX 125

SD401,402D Discrete high polymer membrane dryer AUX 118

SD401,402E Discrete high polymer membrane dryer AUX 114

SD4050 to 4100 Discrete high polymer membrane dryer AUX 125

SDM4050 to 4100 High polymer membrane dryer /

Dryer module unit Series (large) AUX 128

SHC High power cylinder / double acting 2 time force type CYL I 2338

SHC-K High power cylinder / double acting 4 time force type CYL I 2348

SHD Desiccant type air dryer /

Medium, large heatless dryer AUX 96

SHS Super handling system CYL I,II Ending 128

SHV2 Shuttle valve AUX 918

SKAC Contact protection circuit box (AC circuit) CYL I,II Ending 29

SKDC Contact protection circuit box (DC circuit) CYL I,II Ending 29

SKH Shock absorbing valve PV 1202

SL Silencer / metal body type AUX 906

SLM Silencer / miniature type AUX 905

SL-M5 Silencer / small bore size type AUX 898

SLW Silencer /

Small bore size resin body type AUX 898

SLW-*A-H Silencer /

High noise reduction small bore size resin body type AUX 900

SLW-*L Silencer /

Large flow rate small bore size resin body type AUX 901

SLW-20S Silencer /

High noise reduction compact type AUX 903

SLW-6S,8S Silencer /

High noise reduction compact type AUX 902

SLW-H* Silencer / push-in type AUX 904

SM-25 Shuttle mover

Standard type, high load type CYL I 2220

SMD2 Compact cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1006

SMD2-F Compact cylinder /

Double acting fine speed type CYL I 1026

SMD2-M Compact cylinder /

single acting non-rotating type CYL I 1030

SMD2-X Compact cylinder /

Single acting extend type CYL I 1014

SMD2-Y Compact cylinder /

Single acting pull type CYL I 1014

SMW Metering valve with silencer AUX 896

SMW2 Metering valve with silencer AUX 894

SPV Manual pinch valve GPV -

SR Flame resistant tube AUX 1019

SRG High precision guided rodless cylinder

(Single guide) / double acting CYL I 2090

SRL2 Rodless cylinder / double acting CYL I 2004

SRL2-G Rodless cylinder /

double acting with resin guide CYL I 2018

SRL2-GQ Rodless cylinder /

double acting with resin guide position locking function CYL I 2042

SRL2-J Rodless cylinder /

Double acting full cowling type CYL I 2057

SRL2-Q Rodless cylinder /

double acting with position locking function CYL I 2032

SRM High precision guided rodless cylinder

(Double guides) / double acting CYL I 2116

SRM-Q High precision guided rodless cylinder

(Double guides) / double acting position locking type CYL I 2116

SRT Rodless cylinder with brake

/ double acting CYL I 2144

SSD Compact cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 734

SSD-B Compact cylinder /

Double acting back to back type CYL I 830

SSD-D Compact cylinder /

Double acting double rod type CYL I 818

SSD-DG1 Compact cylinder /

double acting double rod coil scraper type CYL I 894

SSD-DG4 Compact cylinder /

double acting double rod spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 894

SSD-F Compact cylinder /

Double acting fine speed type CYL I 802

SSD-G1 Compact cylinder /

double acting coil scraper type CYL I 876

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 141: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 166

Ending

SSSD-G1L4 Compact cylinder /

double acting strong magnetic field proof switch w/ coil scraper CYL I 908

SSD-G2/G3 Compact cylinder /

Double acting coolant proof type CYL I 860

SSD-G4 Compact cylinder /

Double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 876

SSD-K Compact cylinder /

double acting single rod high load type CYL I 748

SSD-K-*C Compact cylinder /

double acting high load type rubber-air cushioned CYL I 780

SSD-KF Compact cylinder /

double acting high load fine speed type CYL I 802

SSD-KG1 Compact cylinder /

double acting high load coil scraper type CYL I 884

SSD-KG1L4 Compact cylinder /

double acting high load strong magnetic field proof switch w/ coil scraper CYL I 920

SSD-KG2/KG3 Compact cylinder /

double acting high load coolant proof type CYL I 868

SSD-KG4 Compact cylinder /

double acting high load spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 884

SSD-KL4 Compact cylinder /

double acting high load type strong magnetic field proof switch CYL I 914

SSD-K-P12 Compact cylinder /

Oil-prohibition type CYL I,II Ending 126

SSD-KU Compact cylinder /

Double acting low friction type CYL I 814

SSD-L4 Compact cylinder /

double acting with strong magnetic field proof switch CYL I 902

SSD-M Compact cylinder /

Double acting non-rotating type CYL I 850

SSD-O Compact cylinder /

Double acting low speed type CYL I 808

SSD-Q Compact cylinder /

double acting position locking type CYL I 790

SSD-T Compact cylinder /

Double acting heat resistance type CYL I 770

SSD-T1L Compact cylinder /

double acting with heat resistance cylinder switch CYL I 774

SSD-W Compact cylinder /

Double acting two stage type CYL I 840

SSD-X Compact cylinder /

Single acting extend type CYL I 758

SSD-Y Compact cylinder /

Single acting retract type CYL I 758

STA Shock absorber integrated high rigid cylinder CYL I,II Ending 129

STG Guided cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1450

STG-*-*C Guided cylinder /

double acting rubber-air cushion type CYL I 1464

STG-*C Guided cylinder /

double acting air cushion type CYL I 1472

STG-*G Guided cylinder /

Double acting rubber scraper type CYL I 1490

STG-*G1 Guided cylinder /

double acting coil scraper type CYL I 1490

STG-*G2/G3 Guided cylinder /

double acting coolant proof type CYL I 1496

STG-*G4 Guided cylinder /

Double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 1502

STG-*Q Guided cylinder /

double acting position locking type CYL I 1482

STG-B-P7* Guided cylinder /

double acting clean room specifications CYL I 1508

STK High rigid cylinder /

double acting chamfered round rod end CYL I 1136

STK-JY High rigid cylinder /

single acting retract roller rod end CYL I 1172

STK-JY1 High rigid cylinder /

double acting spring integrated roller rod end CYL I 1178

STK-M High rigid cylinder /

double acting chamfered rod end CYL I 1154

STK-MY High rigid cylinder /

single acting retract chamfered rod end CYL I 1160

STK-MY1 High rigid cylinder /

double acting spring integrated, chamfered rod end CYL I 1166

STK-Y High rigid cylinder /

single acting retract chamfered round rod end CYL I 1142

STK-Y1 High rigid cylinder /

double acting spring integrated chamfered round rod end CYL I 1148

STL-* Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting single rod type CYL I 1534

STL-*-*C Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting rubber-air cushioned CYL I 1572

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 142: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 167

Ending

Inde

x

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

STL-*C Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting air cushioned CYL I 1578

STL-*F Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting fine speed type CYL I 1598

STL-*G/G1 Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting scraper type CYL I 1604

STL-*G2/G3 Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting coolant proof type CYL I 1612

STL-*G4 Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 1620

STL-*O Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting low speed type CYL I 1600

STL-*P Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting stroke adjustable/extend type CYL I 1556

STL-*Q Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting position locking type CYL I 1586

STL-*T Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting heat resistance type CYL I 1562

STL-*T2 Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting packing seal material fluoro rubber CYL I 1566

STL-*V Guided cylinder (long stroke)

/ double acting with valve CYL I 1628

STR2-* Twin rod cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 1872

STR2-*D Twin rod cylinder /

Double acting double rod type CYL I 1904

STR2-*F Twin rod cylinder /

Double acting fine speed type CYL I 1902

STR2-*O Twin rod cylinder /

Double acting low speed type CYL I 1894

STR2-*Q Twin rod cylinder /

double acting position locking type CYL I 1884

STS-* Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting single rod type CYL I 1534

STS-*-*C Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting rubber-air cushioned CYL I 1572

STS-*C Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting air cushioned CYL I 1578

STS-*F Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting fine speed type CYL I 1598

STS-*G/G1 Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting scraper type CYL I 1604

STS-*G2/G3 Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting coolant proof type CYL I 1612

STS-*G4 Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting spatter adherence prevention type CYL I 1620

STS-*O Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting low speed type CYL I 1600

STS-*P Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting stroke adjustable/extend type CYL I 1556

STS-*Q Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting position locking type CYL I 1586

STS-*T Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting heat resistance type CYL I 1562

STS-*T2 Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting packing seal material fluoro rubber CYL I 1566

STS-*V Guided cylinder (short stroke)

/ double acting with valve CYL I 1628

SU301,302D High polymer membrane dryer / unit AUX 118

SU301,302E High polymer membrane dryer / unit AUX 114

SU3015 to 3075 High polymer membrane dryer / unit AUX 122

SU401,402D High polymer membrane dryer / unit AUX 118

SU401,402E High polymer membrane dryer / unit AUX 114

SU4050,4100 High polymer membrane dryer / unit AUX 122

SUH Transfer module CYL I,II Ending 128

SVB*A 2 port air operated valve for air/gas

with solenoid valve (cylinder valve) GPV -

SVB*S 2 port air operated valve for steam, water and air

with solenoid valve (cylinder valve) GPV -

SVB*V 2 port air operated valve for low vacuum

with solenoid valve (cylinder valve) GPV -

SVB*W 2 port air operated valve for water and liquid

with solenoid valve (cylinder valve) GPV -

TT0V/H/C Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, reed 2 wire Cylinder Ending 16

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation

Page 143: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 168

Ending

TT1 V/H Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, proximity 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T2 V/H R Cylinder switch /

Bend resistance lead wire type proximity 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T2,3 V/H/C Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, proximity 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T2, 3Y (W) V/H Cylinder switch /

2 color indicator, proximity 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T2,3YF V/H Cylinder switch /

preventive maintenance output, proximity 3/4 wire CYL I,II Ending 17

T2,3YL V/H Cylinder switch /

Coolant proof proximity 2/3 wire CYL I,II Ending 17

T2,3YM V/H Cylinder switch /

preventive maintenance output, proximity 3/4 wire CYL I,II Ending 17

T2J V/H Cylinder switch /

Off-delay type proximity 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T2YD (T) Cylinder switch /

Strong magnetic field proof proximity 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 17

T3P V/H Cylinder switch /

PNP output type / proximity 3 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T5V/H/C Cylinder switch /

without display, reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

T8 V/H Cylinder switch /

1 color indicator, reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 16

TAC-25 Medium pressure gas safety shutdown control system GPV -

TLPS Discrete cutting tool broken detecting switch AUX 118

TMD Toggle valve for chemicals GPV -

TQAS Automatic drip prevention unit for chemical liquid GPV -

UU Urethane tube AUX 1018

UCA2 Unit cylinder /

double acting single rod slide bearing type CYL I 1924

UCA2-B Unit cylinder /

double acting single rod ball bearing type CYL I 1934

UCAC Position locking clamp cylinder /

double acting single rod type CYL I 2270

UGPS2 Contact confirmation switch / unit AUX 1182

UHPS Close contact confirmation switch / unit AUX 1196

ULK Brake cylinder / double acting single rod type CYL I 1204

ULKP Brake cylinder /

double acting single rod type (ø16) CYL I 1198

ULK-V Brake cylinder /

with valve, double acting CYL I 1204

UMB1 Medical equipment

High corrosion proof miniature direct acting 2 port solenoid valve GPV -

UMG1 Medical equipment

High corrosion proof miniature direct acting 3 port solenoid valve GPV -

UP The fiber tube antistatic type

(Push-in joint) AUX 985

UP-**-F1 The antistatic tube AUX 1013

UP-9102-20-*-F1 The fiber tube antistatic type AUX 1007

UP-9102-SR Flame resistance fiber tube

(Push-in joint) AUX 1002

US Compact 2, 3 port direct acting solenoid valve

(Resin body type) GPV -

USB2 Compact 2 port solenoid valve direct acting GPV -

USB3 Compact 2 port solenoid valve direct acting GPV -

USC Free locking positioning medium bore size cylinder

/ double acting single rod type CYL I 1404

USC-G1 Free locking positioning medium bore size cylinder

/ double acting with coil scraper CYL I 1404

USG2 Compact 3 port solenoid valve direct acting GPV -

USG3 Compact 3 port solenoid valve direct acting GPV -

USSD Position locking compact cylinder

/ double acting single rod type CYL I 1366

USSD-K Position locking compact cylinder

/ double acting single rod high load type CYL I 1366

UTLPS Cutter broken detecting switch / unit AUX 1210

VV0,7 Cylinder switch /

Small strong magnetic field proof reed 2 wire CYL I,II Ending 28

V1000,3000 Shut-off valve AUX 374

V3000-W Shut-off valve / standard white series AUX 453

V3010 OSA conformed with lockout valve key hole AUX 377

V3301,3321 Slow start valve AUX 388

VFA1000 to 4000 Vacuum filter AUX 1026

VLA Solenoid valve for gas combustion system GPV -

VLM Shut off valve for medium pressure gas safety shutdown control GPV -

VNA Solenoid valve for gas combustion system GPV -

VNA-R/RH Solenoid valve for gas combustion system GPV -

VNM Shut off valve for medium pressure gas safety shutdown control GPV -

Model no. (index in alphabetic order)555Selection guideSelection guide 1 2 3 4 5

Model no. Model Catalog Page

Page 144: Cylinder switch variation - NEWPAGES · Note 6: Excluding 12 to 32 of L, XL, YL, OL, LF, BL, WL and ML, 12 and 16 of KL and DL, and 16 of QL Tie rod cylinder Medium bore size cylinder

Ending 169

Ending

Inde

x

VNM-25-K Valve for safety shutdown GPV -

VNR Solenoid valve for gas combustion system

(Normally open) GPV -

VRA2000 Vacuum regulator AUX 1030

WW1000 to 8000 Filter and regulator AUX 302

W1000 to 8000-P6 Filter and regulator /

copper and PTFE free Series AUX 529

W1000 to 8000-W Filter and regulator /

Standard white series AUX 416

W1100 to 8100-P6 Reverse filter and regulator /

copper and PTFE free Series AUX 530

W1100 to 8100 Reverse filter and regulator AUX 308

W1100 to 8100-W Reverse filter and regulator /

Standard white series AUX 420

W2P513* (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Double type PV 1096

W3000 to 8000-G4 Filter and regulator /

Flame resistant series AUX 460

W3100 to 8100-G4 Reverse filter and regulator /

Flame resistant series AUX 466

W4GB2 (S) 3, 5 port pilot operated valve /

Sub-base porting PV 404

W4GB4 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base side porting PV 532

W4GZ4 (S) 5 port pilot operated valve /

Base back porting PV 532

WB500 Small filter, regulator AUX 624

WF1010,1025 Turbine type flow sensor for water

Light weight resin type AUX 1430

WF3010,3025 Turbine type flow sensor for water

Small component assembly custom order type AUX 1434

WF5010,5025 Turbine type flow sensor for water

Standard type AUX 1438

WF6010,6025 Turbine type flow sensor for water

modular design type AUX 1442

WF7050 to 7200 Turbine type flow sensor for water

Large flow rate type AUX 1446

WFK3004,3012 Karman's vortex type flow sensor for water

Small component integrated type AUX 1466

WFK5008,5027 Karman's vortex type flow sensor for water

Standard type AUX 1470

WFK6008,6027 Karman's vortex type flow sensor for water

modular design type AUX 1474

WFK7050 to 7200 Karman's vortex type flow sensor for water

Large flow rate type AUX 1478

WHL11 Solenoid valve for automatic watering control GPV -

WM1010 to 1200 Flow rate monitor for water AUX 1482

YYS Y type strainer GPV -

ZZB2-M Switch head AUX 1545

ZB4-B Switch head AUX 1547

ZCK Rotary type head lever actuator AUX 1553

ZJ-L* Tightening joint / stainless steel type

Elbow type AUX 972

ZJ-N* Tightening joint / stainless steel type

Sleeve integrated nut AUX 972

ZJ-S* Tightening joint / stainless steel type

Axial AUX 972

ZJ-T* Tightening joint / stainless steel type

Tee union type AUX 972

SAW-L* Joint stainless steel type/

Elbow type AUX 968

SAW-S* Joint stainless steel type/

Axial AUX 968

SAW-T* Joint stainless steel type/

Tee union type AUX 968

(S)

(I)

(B)

: Discrete valve

: Individual wiring manifold

: Block manifold

(R)

(X)

(M)

: Reduced wiring manifold

: Mix manifold

: Manifold

: Pneumatic Cylinders I

: Pneumatic Cylinders II

: Pneumatic Valves

: Pneumatic, Vacuum and Auxiliary Components

: General Purpose Valves

AUXGPV* Refer to index of catalog for general

purpose valves.

Symbol (pneumatic valves and general purpose valves) Listed catalogCYL ICYL IIPV

551 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J

K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z

11Selection guide 2Selection guide 3Selection guide 4Selection guide 52 3 4 5Selection guide

IndexSystemVariationBore sizeProducts variation